株探米国株
エドガーで原本を確認する

 

upxi_10kimg1.jpg

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One)

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2026

 

 

TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

For the transition period from ___________ to ____________

 

 

Commission file number 001-40535

 

UPEXI, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

 

83-3378978

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

3030 North Rocky Point Drive

Tampa, FL

 

33607

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

 

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (727) 287-2800

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Trading Symbol(s)

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value $0.00001

 

UPXI

 

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 the Securities Act. Yes ☐     No ☒ 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act Yes ☐     No ☒ 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the last 90 days. Yes ☒     No ☐ 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒    No ☐ 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

 

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

 

 

Emerging growth company

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☐ Yes     ☒ No

 

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. Yes     ☒ No

 

Indicate by check mark whether any of those corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐ Yes     ☒ No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes     ☒ No

 

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of December 31, 2025 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter) was approximately $101.2 million, based upon the closing sale price of such stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market. The registrant has no non-voting common equity.

 

As of September 15, 2026, the registrant had 82,102,474 shares of common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, outstanding.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

None.

 

 

 

  

 Upexi, Inc.

Form 10-K

For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2026

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Part I

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

Business

 

4

 

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

 

15

 

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

 

29

 

Item 1C.

Cybersecurity

 

29

 

Item 2.

Properties

 

31

 

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

 

31

 

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

 

32

 

 

 

 

 

 

Part II

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

33

 

Item 6.

[Reserved]

 

35

 

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

35

 

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

40

 

Item 8.

Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

41

 

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

42

 

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

 

42

 

Item 9B.

Other Information

 

43

 

Item 9C.

Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

 

43

 

 

 

 

 

 

Part III

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

44

 

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

 

49

 

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

53

 

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

56

 

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

57

 

 

 

 

 

 

Part IV

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

58

 

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

 

59

 

 

 
2

Table of Contents

 

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains express and implied forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), which statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Other than statements of historical fact, all statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, our business strategy and plans and our objectives for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “potentially,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “intend,” “could,” “would,” “expect,” or words or expressions of similar substance or the negative thereof, that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes are intended to identify forward-looking statements.

 

These statements are only predictions and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, including the risks in the section entitled “Risk Factors,” that may cause our or our industry’s actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.

 

Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. Except as required by applicable law, including the securities laws of the United States, we do not intend to update any of the forward-looking statements to conform these statements to actual results.

 

 
3

Table of Contents

 

PART I

 

Item 1. Business

 

General Overview

 

As used in this Annual Report and unless otherwise indicated, the terms “we”, “us”, “our”, “Upexi”, and the “Company” mean Upexi, Inc., a Delaware corporation, originally formed as a Nevada corporation in September of 2018. The Company conducts its operations through its subsidiaries, which may change from time to time as a result of acquisitions, dispositions, and other corporate activities.

 

Description of Business

 

Our Company

 

We are in the cryptocurrency industry and the management of cash assets through a cryptocurrency portfolio, primarily focused in Solana tokens and generating a yield from the treasury, primarily through staking of those tokens. We continue to be brand owners, selling our products wholesale and direct to consumers. Distribution and fulfillment of our products is done by a third-party specializing in these services. 

 

Our Solana Treasury Strategy

 

Early in 2025, we updated and modified our cash management and treasury strategy to include holding digital currency assets directly on our balance sheet. This was a shift from before when we held excess cash primarily in FDIC-insured interest-bearing accounts. The change to adopt this strategy results from our intention to obtain the highest yield on excess cash and benefit from potential price appreciation. Under our new approach, our treasury policy focuses primarily on Solana (“SOL”). The approach involves applying a public-market treasury model to an asset that is considered earlier in its lifecycle than Bitcoin with respect to development, usage, and institutional adoption. Management will focus its resources on this digital asset strategy and a significant portion of the balance sheet will be allocated to holding Solana in the Company’s digital asset treasury. We will stake the vast majority of the Solana in our treasury to earn a staking yield and turn the treasury into a productive asset. Currently we are staking approximately 95% of our SOL treasury, and intend to maintain a similar or higher percentage going forward.

 

Our treasury is intended to bring value to our shareholders in these ways:

 

 

·

We plan to utilize intelligent capital markets issuance - including the issuance of equity, convertible debt, and/or other instruments - where we may issue capital in an accretive fashion for the benefit of shareholders to purchase and hold more Solana.

 

 

 

 

·

We will stake the majority of the Solana in our treasury to earn a staking yield and turn the treasury into a productive asset.

 

 

 

 

·

We will purchase locked Solana at a discount to the current spot price, which will provide higher gains for our shareholders as the discount moves to par over time.

 

Note that we are underpinned by Solana, which we believe is the leading high-performance blockchain and may see its price rise in the future. If this occurs, our Solana treasury will move up in value, also benefiting shareholders.

 

Our Staking Program

 

Pursuant to our treasury strategy, we will use our SOL in the treasury to generate a return through various opportunities with the most significant portion being allocated to our Staking Program. We will utilize several validators in the Staking Program to reduce our risk with a single validator and maximize the overall yield from the Staking Program. These Validators are scrutinized through our due diligence program and are initially only given a small amount of SOL for the Company to be able to verify the expected performance and yield, and to ensure that the validator should be included in our future allocation of SOL to validators. Management evaluates the validators on a routine basis around performance, yield, and economics, and makes monthly adjustments on the overall allocation of the SOL in the treasury based on our evaluation. Currently we have approximately 95% of our SOL treasury staked and expect to maintain this level in the future.

 

 
4

Table of Contents

 

We maintain possession and control of the SOL when it is staked at all times. Native staking is generally considered a safe activity, as it is done in-protocol (i.e. is built into Solana itself), and as, unlike other networks, Solana has not implemented “slashing” penalties for validators that either intentionally misbehave or perform their duties poorly. As such, the major risk with staking is that we choose a validator with poor performance who realizes a low staking yield. Additionally, as part of the “activating” and “exiting” processes of SOL staking, any staked SOL will be inaccessible for a period of time determined by a range of factors, resulting in certain liquidity risks that we manage.

 

Treasury Management

 

Management routinely evaluates the treasury assets, the Company’s excess cash and the treasury operational performance. Based on these meetings, management determines excess cash to be allocated for the purchase of SOL, the allocation of the SOL treasury to staking, the allocation of SOL staked with each validator, and any SOL allocated to opportunities other than staking to improve the overall yield of the treasury. Management also evaluates the overall risk tolerance of the treasury and will take steps to reduce or eliminate that risk, such as the re-allocation of SOL staked to avoid a single point of failure.

 

If it is determined to reduce the amount of the SOL dedicated to the Staking Program or it is determined to change the allocation of SOL to a validator, we will initiate an unstaking process and notify the validator of the change, which effectively reverses the delegation of the SOL from the applicable validator node.

 

Solana has a cooldown period known as the “deactivation period,” which is the time it takes for the unstaked SOL to become fully liquid. During this period, the tokens are not actively earning rewards, but they are also not yet available for transfer or use. The length of this period can vary based on network conditions, but is generally expected to be 48 hours or less. Once the cooldown period is complete, the Company will have complete control over the SOL, including the ability to sell the SOL or transfer it as determined by management.

 

Liquidity Management

 

The Company’s Staking Program involves the temporary loss of the ability to transfer, assign a new validator or otherwise dispose of the SOL. Under normal conditions, the Company will regain complete control over its unstaked SOL within two days of initiating the unstaking. However, there can be no guarantee that such process will result in the Company regaining complete control of its SOL in time to satisfy its current obligations. We maintain a certain amount of unstaked liquid SOL in the treasury, classified as current digital assets at fair value and a certain amount of cash to ensure that the Company is able to satisfy its current obligations.

 

How We Earn Staking Rewards

 

To earn staking rewards, we delegate our SOL that is deposited within our custodian to leading Solana validators via Solana’s in-protocol delegation system. This means we delegate our SOL tokens to a validator’s vote account, while our tokens stay within our custodian’s control. We utilize native staking only, and stake to top validators who have demonstrated a track record of high performance, high yield generation, and attractive delegator economics. We use multiple validators to both maximize the return on our Solana treasury and to mitigate the risk of having only one or two validators for our treasury staking.

 

SOL and the Solana Network

 

SOL is a digital asset that is created and transmitted through the operations of the peer-to-peer Solana network (the “Solana blockchain” or “Solana network”), which is a decentralized network of computers operating the implementation of the Solana protocol. While certain entities such as Solana Labs, Inc. and the Solana Foundation have influence over the Solana network’s development and governance (which was particularly true during the network’s early years), no single entity owns or operates the Solana network, the infrastructure of which is collectively maintained by a decentralized user base. The Solana network allows the creation and exchange of tokens, including SOL, which are recorded on the Solana network. SOL can be used to pay for goods and services, including to sending a transaction on the Solana network, or it can be swapped for other tokens or converted to fiat currencies, such as the U.S. dollar, at rates determined on digital asset trading platforms or in individual end-user-to-end-user transactions under a market-based system. Furthermore, the Solana network allows users to write and implement general purpose code known as smart contracts or programs that create decentralized applications, and for users to openly interact with said decentralized applications. Using programs, users can create decentralized applications covering a variety of categories and subsectors, including borrow/lend protocols, decentralized exchanges, social applications, web3 gaming, tokenized assets, AI agents, decentralized physical infrastructure networks, and many more. As such, the Solana network expands blockchain use well beyond just a peer-to-peer money system.

 

 
5

Table of Contents

 

The Solana protocol introduced the proof-of-history timestamping mechanism. Proof-of-history is not a consensus mechanism, but a cryptographic clock that enables greater organization without extensive communication, thereby increasing throughput. Proof-of-history enables leaders to know when it’s their turn to produce a block, rather than requiring the entire network to first come to an agreement on the prior block before the leader can begin their work. Solana is expected to undergo it's Alpenglow upgrade in late 2026, which will remove proof-of-history from Solana's consensus mechanism.

 

In addition to the proof-of-history mechanism, the Solana network uses a proof-of-stake consensus mechanism to incentivize SOL holders to validate transactions. Unlike proof-of-work, in which miners expend computational and energy resources to be the miner to propose a block and receive the block reward, in proof-of-stake, validators pledge or “stake” coins, perform duties such as proposing or validating blocks, and receive staking rewards generally in proportion to the amount of coins staked. A validator that performs its duties poorly, whether maliciously or unintentionally, would receive fewer or no rewards. Proof-of-stake is viewed as more energy efficient and scalable than proof-of-work. Proof-of-history combined with a proof-of-stake consensus model are some of the components on Solana that enable high throughput and low-latency transaction processing.

 

Overview of the Solana Network

 

In order to own, transfer or use SOL directly on the Solana network on a peer-to-peer basis (as opposed to through an intermediary, such as a custodian or centralized exchange), a person generally must have internet access to connect to the Solana network and set up a wallet, which is the software that safeguards a user’s keypair (public key plus secret key). SOL transactions may be made directly between end-users without the need for an intermediary. To transact on the Solana network, a user, typically through an application such as a wallet or smart contract, will board the transaction to the current leader, who will organize the transactions into shards before the network processes and validates such transactions. Using cryptography and its proof-of-stake consensus mechanism, the Solana network can come to a shared state of the network in a decentralized fashion and without a centralized leader. Blocks are built on top of prior ones by subsequent leaders, continuing the process.

 

Prior to transacting on Solana, a user generally must first install on his computer or mobile device a software program that will allow the user to generate a private and public key pair such as a wallet. The wallet also enables the user to connect to the Solana network, interact with decentralized applications, and transfer or swap tokens with other users or applications.

 

Each user has his own key pair that is stored in such software, like a wallet. To receive SOL in a peer-to-peer transaction, the SOL recipient must provide its public key to the party initiating the transfer. This activity is analogous to a recipient for a transaction in U.S. dollars providing a routing address in wire instructions to the payor so that cash may be wired to the recipient’s account. The payor approves the transfer to the address provided by the recipient by “signing” a transaction that consists of the recipient’s public key with the private key of the address from where the payor is transferring the SOL. The recipient, however, does not make public or provide to the sender its private key (though the network can still verify the validity of the signature - i.e. that it was signed by the holder of the private key - using cryptography). With cold storage, our Custodian maintains all of the private keys.

 

Neither the recipient nor the sender reveal their private keys in a peer-to-peer transaction because the private key authorizes transfer of the funds in that address to other users. Therefore, if a user loses their private key, the user may permanently lose access to the SOL contained in the associated address. Likewise, SOL is irretrievably lost if the private key associated with them is deleted and no backup has been made. When sending SOL, a user’s Solana network software program must validate the transaction with the sender’s associated private key. In addition, since every computation on the Solana network requires processing power, there is a mandatory transaction fee involved with the transfer that is paid by the payor. The resulting digitally validated transaction is sent by the user’s Solana network software program to the Solana network validators to allow transaction confirmation.

 

 
6

Table of Contents

 

Solana network validators record and confirm transactions when they validate and add blocks of information to the Solana blockchain. When a validator is selected to validate a block, it creates that block, which includes data relating to (i) the verification of newly submitted and accepted transactions and (ii) a reference to the prior block in the Solana blockchain to which the new block is being added. The validator becomes aware of outstanding, unrecorded transaction requests through peer-to-peer data packet transmission and distribution discussed above.

 

Upon the addition of a block of SOL transactions, the Solana network software program of both the spending party and the receiving party will show confirmation of the transaction on the Solana blockchain and reflect an adjustment to the SOL balance in each party’s Solana network public key, completing the SOL transaction. Once a transaction is confirmed on the Solana blockchain, it is irreversible.

 

Some SOL transactions are conducted “off-blockchain” and are therefore not recorded on the Solana blockchain. These “off-blockchain transactions” involve the transfer of control over, or ownership of, a specific digital wallet holding SOL or the reallocation of ownership of certain SOL in a pooled-ownership digital wallet, such as a digital wallet owned by a digital asset trading platform. If a transaction takes place through a centralized digital asset exchange or a custodian’s internal books and records, it is not broadcast to the Solana network or recorded on the Solana blockchain. In contrast to on-blockchain transactions, which are publicly recorded on the Solana blockchain, information and data regarding off-blockchain transactions are generally not publicly available. Therefore, off-blockchain transactions are not truly SOL transactions in that they do not involve the transfer of transaction data on the Solana network and do not reflect a movement of SOL between addresses recorded on the Solana blockchain. For these reasons, off-blockchain transactions are not immutable or irreversible as any such transfer of SOL ownership is not cryptographically protected by the protocol behind the Solana network or recorded in, and validated through, the blockchain mechanism.

 

Since inception, transaction fees on the Solana Network have comprised of a fixed rate of 0.000005 SOL per transaction, plus a variable fee component based on the computation resources used during the transaction. SOL holders can also pay an additional prioritization fee to expedite their transaction.

 

Validators

 

In proof-of-stake, validators risk or stake coins to be randomly selected to validate transactions and are rewarded for performing their responsibilities and behaving in accordance with protocol rules. Malfunctions that cause validators to go offline and, in turn, inhibit them from performing their duties can result in financial penalties. Any malicious activity, such as making incorrect attestations or otherwise violating protocol rules may result in lower rewards or the lost opportunity to gain rewards. The penalty varies depending on the type of offense and correlation to potential offenses by other validators.

 

Validators are typically professional operations that design and build dedicated machines and data centers, including “clusters,” which are groups of validators that act cohesively and combine their processing to confirm transactions. When a validator confirms a transaction, the validator and any associated stakers receive a fee. During the course of ordering transactions and validating blocks, validators may be able to prioritize certain transactions in return for increased transaction fees, an incentive system known as “Maximal Extractable Value” or “MEV.” For example, in blockchain networks that facilitate DeFi protocols, such as the Solana network, users may attempt to gain an advantage over other users by offering greater transaction fees.

 

Validators generally face less public-mempool MEV on Solana because, unlike Ethereum, Solana does not broadcast pending transactions through a globally visible mempool before they are included in a block.

 

Staking rewards on the Solana network are determined by the protocol and are distributed to validators and their associated stakers based on the proportion of their stake relative to the total active stake in the network. The rewards are funded by inflationary issuance of new tokens and transaction fees collected on the network. The specific amount each validator and staker receives depends on, among other things, their share of the total stake, the validator’s uptime and performance, and the overall network conditions.

 

 
7

Table of Contents

 

The historical range of staking rewards on the Solana network has varied due to differing levels of network congestion and protocol parameters. The actual annualized reward rate has fluctuated over time, reflecting changes in network activity, inflation rates, and protocol adjustments.

 

Staking rewards on Solana are distributed at regular intervals. At the end of each epoch, with one epoch being roughly two days, the reward is calculated. The reward is automatically distributed at the beginning of the subsequent epoch. This regular reward frequency ensures that participants receive their share of rewards in a timely manner, reflecting their contribution to network security and transaction validation.

 

How We Purchase or Sell Digital Assets

 

Our management team reviews the Company’s short-term obligations and excess cash available to dedicate to the Treasury Strategy. When it is determined that the Company has excess cash available to dedicate to the Treasury Strategy, we deploy that capital into one of our custodians and through acquisition strategies with the custodians. We acquire the SOL over several days or weeks to maximize the number of SOL that is acquired with the capital deployed. If it is determined that the treasury needs to liquidate part of its SOL, the same process of selling the SOL into the market would be used.

 

Use of Custodians and Storage of SOL Tokens

 

We do not self-custody and only utilize third-party qualified custodians to hold our Solana. We use qualified custodians that utilize risk management and operational best practices around items like hot vs. cold storage, access controls, custody technology, insurance, etc. Our primary custodian is BitGo Trust Company, Inc. (“BitGo”). We also maintain a custodial relationship with Coinbase, Inc. and a few other custodians.

 

Storage of Our Digital Assets in our SOL Treasury

 

The Custodians

 

The Custodians are responsible for safekeeping all of the SOL owned by the Company. We maintain multiple Custodians to reduce the risk of a single failure, and we plan to expand to additional custodians as our Treasury grows. The Custodian accounts are all opened by the Company, this segregates our assets into an individual custodian account owned by the Company and access is monitored and controlled by the Company. The assets go through the Custodians Trust Company, which maintains its own insurance and is regulated by their respective state where the trust is incorporated in.

 

Our primary custodian is currently BitGo Bank & Trust, National Association, a national banking association chartered under the laws of the United States (“BitGo”), authorized by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), which is federally regulated. On May 1, 2025, we entered into a Custodial Services Agreement with BitGo (the “BitGo Agreement”) to hold our digital currency. The term of the BitGo Agreement is for one year with successive one-year renewals unless prior notice of non-renewal is given by either party. The Company pays BitGo a monthly digital asset storage fee based upon the market value of the assets in storage, plus $500. The BitGo Agreement is terminable by either the Company or BitGo on thirty days’ notice as a result of a breach of the Agreement and may be suspended by BitGo if the Company violates the intended use of the account or due to a change in the applicable law, litigation or bankruptcy.

 

Our secondary custodian is Coinbase Inc., a subsidiary of Coinbase Global, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which is primarily used for the acquisition of digital assets. On May 5, 2025, the Company entered into an Institutional Client Agreement with Coinbase (the “Coinbase Agreement”). The Coinbase Agreement is terminable at will by either the Company or Coinbase. The Company pays Coinbase its regularly scheduled fees based on the dollar trading volume over a thirty-day period. The Coinbase Agreement is terminable by either the Company or Coinbase on ten days’ notice as a result of a breach of the Agreement and may be suspended by Coinbase if the Company violates the intended use of the account or due to a change in the applicable law, governmental proceeding, litigation or bankruptcy. Coinbase may also close the Company’s account if it has been inactive for more than one year.

 

 
8

Table of Contents

 

BitGo maintains a $250,000,000 policy against loss, theft, and misuse. On June 30, 2026, we have approximately $165,300,682 of treasury value at BitGo, based on the SOL price of $73.52 per token. Coinbase has an insurance policy for any cash held in the account of $250,000. We currently do not have a material amount of cash or SOL held at Coinbase. If there was a major event resulting in a significant loss of assets held at our custodians, these policies are unlikely adequate to fully cover the loss of our assets held at the custodian.

 

Solana, as with all digital assets, can be highly volatile. Management reviews the account balances and the total value held with a custodian to allocate the Company’s holdings between multiple accounts and custodians to mitigate risk. We do not use self-storage for any of the SOL treasury assets.

 

Private keys are generated by the Custodian in key generation ceremonies at secure locations using offline devices that have never been connected to a network. Private keys are generated according to detailed procedures using specialized offline devices and within these secure facilities to mitigate risk of hacks, errors, or other unintended external exposure. Key ceremony processes are highly controlled, require segregation of duties across multiple parties and are reviewed and witnessed by designated oversight personnel. Thorough validations and signoffs are performed to verify the integrity and security of key generation ceremonies.

 

The Custodians hold a majority of SOL in cold storage and provides a user interface for the Company to manage the allocation of SOL between cold and hot storage for the wallets. The Company maintains more than 95% of its SOL treasury in cold wallets.

 

The Custodians have multiple, redundant cold storage sites, which are geographically distributed including sites within the United States. Cold storage locations of the Custodian are monitored by 24x7 on-site security, video surveillance and alarms, hardened room structures, and access to these facilities is controlled by multi-person controls, multi-team access rules, and multi-factor authentication. The locations of the cold storage sites may change at the discretion of the Custodian and are kept confidential by the Custodian for security purposes. Transactions from cold to hot storage require physical access, according to the above controls, to one or more cold storage facilities, as well as systematically enforced approvals and integrity verifications, before the secure device can be used to cryptographically complete the transaction. At no point during this process is the private key removed from the secure device(s) nor the cold storage facility. Once these security processes have been completed, a transfer on the Solana network can be executed, as signed using the private keys held offline in cold storage.

 

The Custodians also maintain geographically dispersed backups of private keys, which are cryptographically generated into shards and stored in separate locations; multiple locations must be accessed to reconstruct a single key. The storage facilities are highly secured, and include 24x7 on-premises security presence, video surveillance, and alarms for unexpected entry. Access to facilities is controlled by multi-person controls, multi- team access rules, and multi-factor authentication.

 

All of our Custodians have SOC type 2 reports that the Company has reviewed and we get regular bridge reports from our Custodians to help ensure the controls are being maintained. Our Custodians maintain their own insurance policies to cover our loss, which is in addition to the policies that we maintain ourselves. We currently have three qualified Custodians that we have approved for our treasury use.

 

The Company is charged for storage fees, staking fees and transaction fees for services specifically requested by the Company or the Asset Management Company. Except as set forth above, the contract terms of the agreements are typically for one to three years and can be terminated upon 30-day notice and payment of all fees due and one month of additional fees.

 

 
9

Table of Contents

 

SOL - the Token of the Solana Blockchain

 

Solana (SOL) is the native token of the Solana blockchain. According to Solana Compass - a popular website covering the Solana ecosystem that also runs a Solana validator - Solana was created with an initial supply of 500m SOL, though much of the initial supply was locked or earmarked for various use cases such as for the community, investors, foundation, team, etc. New Solana tokens are brought into existence primarily through inflationary rewards distributed to validators (and delegators). Solana currently has a total supply of 633.5m SOL, a circulating supply of 585.4m, and no maximum supply. The Solana staking yield is made up of three primary components: inflationary rewards, transaction/priority fees, and maximal extractable value (MEV). Inflationary rewards started out at 8.0%, currently sit at 3.7%, and will fall 15% every epoch-year (30% every epoch-year once the recently passed SIMD-0550 is implemented) until it reaches a long-term floor of 1.5%. There is currently 18.5m locked SOL, representing 2.9% of the total SOL supply with various vesting schedules. Historically, 50% of all transaction fees were burned (with the other 50% going to the validator), but now all transaction fees go to the validator after the passage and adoption of Solana Improvement Document 96 (SIMD-96).

 

How SOL is Used

 

SOL is used as part of Solana’s proof-of-stake consensus mechanism. In general, proof-of-stake blockchains have block producers called validators that run nodes, bond or stake the protocol’s native token, propose blocks when chosen to do so, and validate/sign the transactions and blocks of others when not. Validators are chosen to produce a block in proportion to their stake, which makes it extremely costly for bad actors to attempt to control the network and add invalid transactions to the blockchain. Validators receive staking rewards for the work they perform, which further incentivizes validators to behave properly, as they would otherwise miss out on such rewards. Other proof-of-stake networks often “slash” some or all of a validator’s stake if it intentionally or unintentionally performs its duties poorly, for example, by double-signing a transaction, though Solana has not implemented slashing at this time. In addition to its use within consensus, SOL is also a “gas token”, meaning that users of the Solana blockchain pay SOL to validators (and delegators) as compensation for processing their transactions. As such, the value of SOL may increase if/as the Solana blockchain sees greater usage.

 

We see three particularly notable items giving Solana a technical advantage compared to many smart contract blockchain peers. First, Solana’s proof-of-history gives validators a notion of time and enables them to produce blocks when it’s their turn without requiring the network to first agree upon the current block. This results in immense speed advantages. Second, unlike peer blockchains that often use single-threaded virtual machines, Solana enables parallel transaction execution to increase throughput and advantage of future hardware improvements resulting from an increasing CPU core counts. Lastly, Solana optimized for speed and security, and is naturally growing into decentralization as hardware and bandwidth costs fall over time, optimally positioning it well along the Blockchain Trilemma.

 

The Solana Ecosystem

 

As one of the first “second-generation” high performance blockchains, Solana uniquely enjoys both the best-in-class technology described above, as well as strong network effects that have attracted a large, growing, and vibrant ecosystem of users, developers, and decentralized applications. Indeed, while Solana is focused on bringing global finance onchain (commonly referred to as “onchain Nasdaq” or “Internet Capital Markets”), Solana’s performance and technical capabilities enable a plethora of use cases from decentralized finance (“DeFi”) to decentralized physical infrastructure networks (“DePIN”), AI agents, social media, gaming, stablecoins, real-world assets (“RWA”s), and more. Moreover, according to Electric Capital’s 2024 Developer Report, Solana is the #1 ecosystem for new developers, growing 83% in 2024, with this metric often considered a leading indicator of blockchain growth. Lastly, we note that Solana often leads all blockchains in key metrics such as daily active users, decentralized application revenues, and decentralized exchange volumes, sometimes putting up better metrics than all other chains combined.

 

Asset Management Agreement

 

On April 23, 2025, the Company entered into an Asset Management Agreement (the “Asset Management Agreement”) with GSR Strategies LLC (the “Asset Manager”), pursuant to which the Asset Manager was to provide discretionary investment management services with respect to certain defined assets (the “Account Assets”). According to the Asset Management Agreement, the Asset Manager was to invest the Account Assets principally with a long-only strategy primarily in Solana, including staking (and restaking) Solana to improve returns (the “SOL Treasury Strategy”).

 

 
10

Table of Contents

 

The Company would pay the Asset Manager an asset-based fee (the “Asset-based Fee”) equal to 1.75% per annum, of the assets under the Asset Manager’s management, which was calculated and paid in advance as of the first business day of each calendar month, as determined by the Asset Manager in a commercially reasonable manner and in good faith, by reference to, where applicable, available prices on Coinbase as of 12:00 UTC on such day. For any asset prices not available on Coinbase, the Asset Manager was required to determine the value of such assets in a commercially reasonable manner and in good faith by reference to reputable industry sources.

 

As compensation for services rendered by the Asset Manager, the Company issued warrants (the “GSR Warrants”) to the Asset Manager to purchase 2,192,982 shares of common stock at various prices per share of common stock as follows: (i) 877,193 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.28 per share of common stock; (ii) 438,596 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.42 per share of common stock; (iii) 438,596 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $4.56 per share of common stock; (iv) 438,597 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $5.70 per share of common stock.

 

Based on the Asset Manager’s numerous, continuing, defaults under the Asset Management Agreement, and failure to address same, on October 3, 2025, the Company served a notice of default and potential termination of the Asset Management Agreement on the Asset Manager. In response, on October 27, 2025, the Asset Manager provided the Company notice that it believed the Company had defaulted under the Asset Management Agreement. The Company disputes the Asset Manager’s allegations and disputes that it has defaulted under the Asset Management Agreement. As such, on November 26, 2025, the Company filed an arbitration demand, instituting an arbitration proceeding against the Asset Manager with respect to the Asset Management Agreement (the “Arbitration”). On December 30, 2025, the Asset Manager filed counterclaims in the Arbitration asserting certain damages. The Company intends to vigorously defend against these counterclaims.

 

As a result of the termination of the Company’s Asset Management Agreement, the Company expensed all remaining unamortized costs associated with the GSR Warrants granted to the Asset Manager, which was approximately $4.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2026. These expenses are included within Stock-based compensation in the Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

The Brands

 

As a brand owner specializing in the development, manufacturing, and distribution of consumer products, we have developed or purchased certain brands that we continue to develop.

 

LuckyTail

 

LuckyTail, where at-home care meets innovation. We connect pet owners with the products they need to simplify and improve at-home wellness and grooming care for their beloved pets, empowering pet parents to provide their cherished furry companions with the pampering they deserve in the comfort of their own space. LuckyTail products consist of its flagship nail grinder and other pet related products.

 

PRAX

 

At PRAX, we fuel modern go-getters to achieve their best selves through innovative energy solutions. Powered by paraxanthine—an advanced alternative to caffeine, our mission is to support your hustle and power your ambitions. Energize better, perform smarter, fuel differently.

 

 
11

Table of Contents

 

Cure Mushrooms

 

At Cure Mushrooms, we have harnessed the extraordinary benefits of nature’s most powerful superfood: functional mushrooms. Our suite of premium mushroom extracts are meticulously crafted to elevate overall well-being, offering a wide spectrum of health benefits and a holistic approach to everyday wellness. From fortifying your immune system, to sharpening cognition, to combating the rigors of daily stress, our products are designed to deliver full-body wellness and convenience with every serving.

 

Our History

 

The Company operates manufacturing and/or distribution centers supporting health and wellness products, including those products manufactured with hemp ingredients and our overall distribution operations.

 

July 2020 - the Company purchased Infusionz LLC. Infusionz was a similar business in the manufacturing and distribution of products and owned certain product brands that we believe could be expanded through the merger.

 

June 2021 - Upexi, Inc. became a listed company on the NASDAQ stock exchange.

 

August 2021 - The Company purchased the assets of VitaMedica Corporation, a California corporation (VitaMedica). VitaMedica is a leading online seller of supplements for surgery, recovery, skin, beauty, health and wellness.

 

October 2021 - The Company purchased Interactive Offers, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. Interactive provides programmatic advertising with its SaaS (Software as a Service) platform which allows for programmatic advertisement placement automatically on any partners’ sites from a simple dashboard.

 

April 2022 - The Company purchased 55% of Cygnet Online, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Cygnet”). Cygnet operates a warehouse and distribution center for the management of day-to-day operations for product liquidation through Amazon and other on-line resellers.

 

August 2022 - The Company purchased the assets to the brand LuckyTail. The acquisition of LuckyTail provided the Company with a foothold in the pet care industry and a strong presence on Amazon and its eCommerce store, offering nutritional and grooming products domestically and internationally.

 

October 2022 - The Company purchased E-Core Technology, Inc. d/b/a New England Technology, Inc. (“E-Core”), a Florida corporation. E-Core distributes non-owned branded products to national retail distributors and has branded products in the toy industry that E-Core sells direct to consumers through online sales channels and to national retail distributors. 

 

October 2022 - The Company sold all rights to Infusionz brands and the manufacturing of certain private label business. Infusionz was originally purchased by the Company in July of 2020.

 

July 2023 - The Company notified the buyer of the Infusionz brands and the manufacturing business of the defaults and notified the buyer that all obligations and undertakings to the buyer are terminated. The Company started manufacturing again for brands owned by the Company to ensure there was no interruption to the supply chain of the products.

 

August 2023 - The Company purchased the remaining ownership of Cygnet.

 

August 2023 - The Company sold one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding equity of its wholly owned subsidiary Interactive Offers, LLC.

 

May 2024 - The Company sold its equity interest in the wholly owned subsidiary VitaMedica, a Nevada corporation.

 

June 2024 - The Company sold its equity interest in the wholly owned subsidiary E-Core Technology, Inc. d/b/a New England Technology, Inc. a Florida corporation.

 

January 2025 - The Company announced intention of investments into cryptocurrency. 

 

April 2025 - The Company consummated a $100 million private placement offering and used the net proceeds from the offering to fund its treasury strategy.

 

July 2025 - The Company consummated a $50 million private placement offering and a $151.2 million convertible note offering in consideration for the exchange of Solana to continue to build its SOL treasury strategy.

 

December 2025 - The Company decided on a course of action to shut down certain manufacturing and distribution centers supporting the Company’s health and wellness products, including those products manufactured with hemp ingredients and certain related distribution operations, which it completed during February 2026.

 

 
12

Table of Contents

 

Regulations

 

Digital Asset Treasury

 

The laws and regulations applicable to Solana and digital assets are evolving and subject to interpretation and change.

 

Governments around the world have reacted differently to digital assets; certain governments have deemed them illegal, and others have allowed their use and trade without restriction, while in some jurisdictions, such as the U.S., digital assets are subject to overlapping, uncertain and evolving regulatory requirements.

 

As digital assets have grown in both popularity and market size, the U.S. Executive Branch, Congress and a number of U.S. federal and state agencies, including the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, the CFTC, the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, the Department of Justice, the Department of Homeland Security, the Federal Bureau of Investigation, the IRS and state financial regulators, have been examining the operations of digital asset networks, digital asset users and digital asset exchanges, with particular focus on the extent to which digital assets can be used to violate state or federal laws, including to facilitate the laundering of proceeds of illegal activities or the funding of criminal or terrorist enterprises, and the safety and soundness and consumer-protective safeguards of exchanges or other service-providers that hold, transfer, trade or exchange digital assets for users. Many of these state and federal agencies have issued consumer advisories regarding the risks posed by digital assets to investors. In addition, federal and state agencies, and other countries have issued rules or guidance regarding the treatment of digital asset transactions and requirements for businesses engaged in activities related to digital assets.

 

Depending on the regulatory characterization of Solana, the markets for cryptocurrency in general, and our activities in particular, our business and our Solana acquisition strategy may be subject to regulation by one or more regulators in the United States and globally. Ongoing and future regulatory actions may alter, to a materially adverse extent, the nature of digital assets markets, the participation of industry participants, including service providers and financial institutions in these markets, and our ability to pursue our Solana strategy. Additionally, U.S. state and federal and foreign regulators and legislatures have taken action against industry participants, including digital assets businesses, and enacted restrictive regimes in response to adverse publicity arising from hacks, consumer harm, or criminal activity stemming from digital assets activity. U.S. federal and state energy regulatory authorities are also monitoring the total electricity consumption of cryptocurrency mining, and the potential impacts of cryptocurrency mining to the supply and dispatch functionality of the wholesale grid and retail distribution systems. Many state legislative bodies have passed, or are actively considering, legislation to address the impact of cryptocurrency mining in their respective states.

 

The CFTC takes the position that some digital assets fall within the definition of a “commodity” under the Commodities Exchange Act of 1936, as amended, or CEA. Under the CEA, the CFTC has broad enforcement authority to police market manipulation and fraud in spot digital assets markets in which we may transact. Beyond instances of fraud or manipulation, the CFTC generally does not oversee cash or spot market exchanges or transactions involving digital asset commodities that do not utilize margin, leverage, or financing. In addition, CFTC regulations and CFTC oversight and enforcement authority apply with respect to futures, swaps, other derivative products and certain retail leveraged commodity transactions involving digital asset commodities, including the markets on which these products trade.

 

In addition, because transactions in Solana provide a degree of anonymity, they are susceptible to misuse for criminal activities, such as money laundering. This misuse, or the perception of such misuse, could lead to greater regulatory oversight of Solana and Solana platforms, and there is the possibility that law enforcement agencies could close Solana platforms or other Solana-related infrastructure with little or no notice and prevent users from accessing or retrieving Solana held via such platforms or infrastructure.

 

As noted above, activities involving Solana and other digital assets may fall within the jurisdiction of more than one financial regulator and various courts and such laws and regulations are rapidly evolving and increasing in scope.

 

 
13

Table of Contents

 

Our Company

 

Our Treasury Strategy

 

The Company has adopted a treasury policy under which the principal holding in its treasury reserve on the balance sheet will be allocated to digital assets, and specifically long term strategy of holding Solana (“SOL”) by applying a proven public-market treasury model to an asset that we believe is earlier in its lifecycle, structurally reflexive, and vastly underexposed.

 

Our Products

 

Upexi is a brand owner specializing in the development and distribution of consumer products. We reach consumers through our direct-to-consumer network, wholesale partnerships, and major third-party platforms like Amazon. 

 

The market, customers and distribution methods for eCommerce products are large and diverse. While Amazon remains the largest eCommerce channel, others are carving out a big chunk of the market, including Walmart, eBay, and Etsy. More opportunities are popping up for sellers as well. Being able to navigate multiple marketplaces is a key to our success and helps reach different demographics and consumers with specific buying behaviors.

 

Our target customers are first and foremost end consumers via internet sales; however, we see growth opportunities in direct-to-consumer retail stores, cooperatives, affiliate sales and master distributors. As we continue to develop our business, these markets may change, be re-prioritized or eliminated as management responds to consumer and regulatory developments.

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We attribute our success to our consumer products by reducing costs at each phase of the process from manufacturing to order fulfillment.

 

Our primary sales channel is our eCommerce site, and our marketing team is led by an expert in online direct to consumer sales as she has been with the brand since its inception.

 

Our direct-to-consumer focus reduces the overall supply costs as we do not have retail outlets or maintain distribution networks for small retail operations.

 

Our executive team comes from a background in logistics, with CEO, Allan Marshall, the founder of XPO Logistics (formerly known as Segmentz, Inc.). With increased shipping costs affecting online retailers, our strength is understanding this and finding ways to lower our costs and overhead, thus increasing profit margins on all our products.

 

Our Growth Strategy

 

Our growth will focus on the expansion of our brands portfolio through organic growth and optimization of our supply chain.

 

Direct-to-Consumer expansion. Our direct-to-consumer business is expected to be our growth driver for the next several years with additional brands and products.

 

 
14

Table of Contents

 

Competition

 

There is heavy competition in our products. We are able to carve out certain niche markets within the industry as there are few competitors that control their manufacturing to distribution as we do. Our goal is to compete through our product delivery and introduction of new products that we manufacture and deliver directly to the consumer giving us an advantage on our competitors. We will focus on profitability, and grow efficiently, without the requirement of additional capital.

 

Employees

 

The Company has 10 full-time employees as of June 30, 2026 working out of its headquarters in Tampa, Florida or individuals’ home-based offices.

 

Where You Can Find More Information

 

You are advised to read this Form 10-K in conjunction with other reports and documents that we file from time to time with the SEC. You may obtain copies of these reports directly from us or from the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F. Street, N.E. Washington, D.C. 20549, and you may obtain information about obtaining access to the Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains information for electronic filers at its website http://www.sec.gov.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks, uncertainties and other factors described below, in addition to the other information set forth in this Form 10-K, before making an investment decision. Any of these risks, uncertainties and other factors could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects. In that case, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment in our common stock. See also “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

 

Risks Related to Upexi

 

Upexi does not anticipate paying any dividends on its common stock.

 

No dividends have been paid on Upexi’s common stock. Upexi does not intend to pay cash dividends on its common stock in the foreseeable future, and anticipate that profits, if any, received from operations will be reinvested into its business. Any decision to pay dividends will depend upon its financial condition, operating results, and current and anticipated cash needs.

 

You may experience additional dilution in the future.

 

To raise additional capital, Upexi may in the future offer additional securities, including shares of its common stock, at prices that may not be the same as the price per share in this offering. Upexi may sell shares or other securities in any other offering at a price per share that is less than the price per share paid by investors in this offering, and investors purchasing shares or other securities in the future could have rights superior to existing stockholders. The price per share at which Upexi sells additional shares of common stock, or securities convertible or exchangeable into common stock, in future transactions may be higher or lower than the price per share paid by investors in prior offerings. Furthermore, sales of a substantial number of shares of Upexi’s common stock in the public markets, or the perception that such sales could occur, could depress the market price of Upexi’s common stock.

 

Shares eligible for future sale may adversely affect the market.

 

From time to time, certain of Upexi’s stockholders may be eligible to sell all or some of their shares of common stock by means of ordinary brokerage transactions in the open market pursuant to Rule 144, promulgated under the Securities Act, subject to certain limitations. In general, pursuant to recent amendments to Rule 144, a non-affiliate stockholder who has satisfied a six-month holding period may, under certain circumstances, sell its shares, without limitation. Any substantial sale of Upexi’s common stock pursuant to Rule 144 or pursuant to any resale (including sales by investors of securities purchased in prior offerings) may have a material adverse effect on the market price of the common stock.

 

 
15

Table of Contents

 

Our limited operating history makes it difficult for potential investors to evaluate our business prospects and management.

 

The Company was incorporated on September 5, 2018, and only commenced operations thereafter. Moreover, the Company only shifted to a digital asset treasury strategy, our principal business, in April 2025. Accordingly, we have a limited operating history upon which to base an evaluation of our business and prospects. Operating results for future periods are subject to numerous uncertainties, and we cannot assure you that the Company will achieve or sustain profitability in the future.

 

The Company’s prospects must be considered in light of the risks encountered by companies in the early stage of development, particularly companies in new and rapidly evolving markets. Future operating results will depend upon many factors, including our success in attracting and retaining motivated and qualified personnel, our ability to establish short-term credit lines or obtain financing from other sources, our ability to develop and market new products, our ability to control costs, and general economic conditions. We cannot assure you that the Company will successfully address any of these risks. There can be no assurance that our efforts will be successful or that we will ultimately be able to attain profitability.

 

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our competitive position could be harmed.

 

Our commercial success will depend in part on our ability to obtain and maintain appropriate intellectual property protection in the United States and foreign countries with respect to our proprietary formulations and products. Our ability to successfully implement our business plan depends on our ability to build and maintain brand recognition using trademarks, service marks, trade dress and other intellectual property. We may rely on trade secrets, trademark, patent and copyright laws, and confidentiality and other agreements with employees and third parties, all of which offer only limited protection. The steps we have taken and the steps we will take to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to preclude misappropriation of our proprietary information or infringement of our intellectual property rights. If our efforts to protect our intellectual property are unsuccessful or inadequate, or if any third party misappropriates or infringes on our intellectual property, the value of our brands may be harmed, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and prevent our brands from achieving or maintaining market acceptance. Protecting against unauthorized use of our trademarks and other intellectual property rights may be expensive, difficult and in some cases not possible. In some cases, it may be difficult or impossible to detect third-party infringement or misappropriation of our intellectual property rights and proving any such infringement may be even more difficult.

 

We may not be able to effectively manage growth.

 

As we continue to grow our business and develop products, we expect to need additional research, development, managerial, operational, sales, marketing, financial, accounting, legal and other resources. The Company expects its growth to place a substantial strain on its managerial, operational, and financial resources. The Company cannot assure that it will be able to effectively manage the expansion of its operations, or that its facilities, systems, procedures, or controls will be adequate to support its operations. The Company’s inability to manage future growth effectively would have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

Our management may not be able to control costs in an effective or timely manner.

 

The Company’s management has made reasonable efforts to assess, predict, and control costs and expenses. However, the Company only has a brief operating history upon which to base those efforts. Implementing our business plan may require more employees, capital equipment, supplies or other expenditure items than management has predicted. Likewise, the cost of compensating employees and consultants or other operating costs may be higher than management’s estimates, which could lead to sustained losses.

 

 
16

Table of Contents

 

We expect our quarterly financial results to fluctuate.

 

We expect our net sales and operating results to vary significantly from quarter to quarter due to a number of factors, including changes in: 

 

 

·

Demand for our products;

 

·

Our ability to obtain and retain existing customers or encourage repeat purchases;

 

·

Our ability to manage our product inventory;

 

·

General economic conditions, both domestically and in foreign markets;

 

·

Advertising and other marketing costs; and

 

·

Costs of creating and expanding product lines.

 

As a result of the variability of these and other factors, our operating results in future quarters may be below the expectations of our stockholders.

 

We are subject to the reporting requirements of U.S. federal securities laws, which can be expensive.

 

We are subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and other federal securities laws, including compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The costs of preparing and filing annual and quarterly reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC and furnishing audited consolidated financial statements to stockholders will cause our expenses to be higher than they would have if we had remained privately held. In addition, it may be time-consuming, difficult, and costly for us to develop and implement the corporate governance requirements, internal controls and reporting procedures required by the federal securities laws. This may divert management’s attention from other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. We may need to hire additional financial reporting, internal controls, and other finance personnel in order to develop and implement appropriate internal controls and reporting procedures.

 

Cybersecurity breaches of our IT systems could degrade our ability to conduct our business operations and deliver products and services to our customers, delay our ability to recognize revenue, compromise the integrity of our software products, result in significant data losses and the theft of our intellectual property, damage our reputation, expose us to liability to third parties and require us to incur significant additional costs to maintain the security of our networks and data.

 

We increasingly depend upon our IT systems to conduct virtually all of our business operations, ranging from our internal operations and product development activities to our marketing and sales efforts and communications with our customers and business partners. Computer programmers may attempt to penetrate our network security, or that of our website, and misappropriate our proprietary information or cause interruptions of our service. Because the techniques used by such computer programmers to access or sabotage networks change frequently and may not be recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques. In addition, sophisticated hardware and operating system software and applications that we produce or procure from third parties may contain defects in design or manufacture, including “bugs” and other problems that could unexpectedly interfere with the operation of the system. We have also outsourced a number of our business functions to third-party contractors, including our manufacturers and logistics providers, and our business operations also depend, in part, on the success of our contractors’ own cybersecurity measures. Similarly, we rely upon distributors, resellers, and system integrators to sell our products and our sales operations depend, in part, on the reliability of their cybersecurity measures. Additionally, we depend upon our employees to appropriately handle confidential data and deploy our IT resources in a safe and secure fashion that does not expose our network systems to security breaches and the loss of data. Accordingly, if our cybersecurity systems and those of our contractors fail to protect against unauthorized access, sophisticated cyberattacks and the mishandling of data by our employees and contractors, our ability to conduct our business effectively could be damaged in a number of ways.

 

We may incur significant costs and require significant management resources to evaluate our internal control over financial reporting as required under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and any failure to comply or any adverse result from such evaluation may have an adverse effect on our stock price.

 

As a smaller reporting company, as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, we will be required to evaluate our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 404”) and to include an internal control report. This report must include management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of the fiscal year. This report must also include disclosure of any material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting that we have identified. Failure to comply, or any adverse results from such an evaluation could result in a loss of investor confidence in our financial reports and have an adverse effect on the trading price of our equity securities.

 

 
17

Table of Contents

 

Our failure to meet the continuing listing requirements of the NASDAQ Capital Market could result in a delisting of our securities.

 

If we fail to satisfy the continuing listing requirements of NASDAQ, such as the corporate governance, stockholders’ equity or minimum closing bid price requirements, NASDAQ may take steps to delist our common stock. Such a delisting would likely have a negative effect on the price of our common stock and would impair your ability to sell or purchase our common stock when you wish to do so. In the event of a delisting, we would likely take actions to restore our compliance with NASDAQ’s listing requirements, but we can provide no assurance that any such action taken by us would allow our common stock to become listed again, stabilize the market price or improve the liquidity of our securities, prevent our common stock from dropping below the NASDAQ minimum bid price requirement or prevent future non-compliance with NASDAQ’s listing requirements.

 

Although we do not currently satisfy the stockholders' equity requirement of Rule 5550(b)(1), we believe we are in compliance with Nasdaq's continued listing requirements because we satisfy the alternative Market Value of Listed Securities Standard set forth in Rule 5550(b)(2), which requires a minimum market value of listed securities of at least $35,000,000. As of September 8, 2026, the market value of our listed securities was approximately $85.0 million. A company listed on The Nasdaq Capital Market must meet at least one of the three standards set forth in Rule 5550(b) - the Equity Standard, the Market Value of Listed Securities Standard, or the Net Income Standard - in addition to the other continued listing requirements under Rule 5550(a).

 

We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, which could adversely affect our operating results.

 

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting and corporate governance requirements. These requirements include compliance with Section 404 and other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and the NASDAQ. In addition, our management team will also have to adapt to the requirements of being a public company. We expect complying with these rules and regulations will substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming and costly.

 

The increased costs associated with operating as a public company will decrease our net income or increase our net loss and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices of our products. Additionally, if these requirements divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

 

As a public company, we also expect that it may be more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as our executive officers.

 

We are eligible to be treated as a “smaller reporting company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to smaller reporting companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

 

We are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited consolidated financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our shares of common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $250 million as of the prior the end of our second fiscal quarter ending December 31 of each year, or (2) our annual revenues exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior to the end of our second fiscal quarter ending December 31 of each year. To the extent we take advantage of such reduced disclosure obligations, it may also make comparison of our consolidated financial statements with other public companies difficult or impossible.

 

After we are no longer an “smaller reporting company,” we expect to incur additional management time and cost to comply with the more stringent reporting requirements applicable to companies that are deemed accelerated filers or large accelerated filers, including complying with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

 

 
18

Table of Contents

 

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

 

We operate in a highly competitive environment, and if we are unable to compete with our competitors, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

 

We operate in a highly competitive environment. Our competition includes all other companies that are in the business of producing or distributing hemp-based products for personal use or consumption. Many of our competitors have greater resources that may enable them to compete more effectively than us in the CBD industry. Some of our competitors have a longer operating history and greater capital resources, facilities, and product line diversity, which may enable them to compete more effectively in this market. Our competitors may devote their resources to developing and marketing products that will directly compete with our product lines. The Company expects to face additional competition from existing competitors and new market entrants. If a significant number of new entrants enter the market in the near term, the Company may experience increased competition for market share and may experience downward pricing pressure on the Company’s products as new entrants increase production. Such competition may cause us to encounter difficulties in generating revenues and market share, and in positioning our products in the market. If we are unable to successfully compete with existing companies and new entrants to the market, our lack of competitive advantage will have a negative impact on our business and financial condition.

 

Unfavorable publicity or consumer perception of our products or similar products developed and distributed by other companies could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, which could result in decreased sales and fluctuations in our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We depend on consumer perception regarding the safety and quality of our products, as well as similar products marketed and distributed by other companies. Consumer perception of hemp-based products can be significantly influenced by adverse publicity in the form of published scientific research, national media attention or other publicity, which may associate consumption of our products or other similar products with adverse effects or question the benefits and/or effectiveness of our products or similar products. A new product may initially be received favorably, resulting in high sales of that product, but that level of sales may not be sustainable as consumer preferences change over time. Future scientific research or publicity could be unfavorable to our industry or any of our particular products and may not be consistent with earlier favorable research or publicity. Unfavorable research or publicity could have a material adverse effect on our ability to generate sales.

 

Our failure to appropriately and timely respond to changing consumer preferences and demand for new products could significantly harm our customer relationships and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our business is subject to changing consumer trends and preferences. Our failure to accurately predict or react to these trends could negatively impact on consumer opinion of us as a source for the latest products, which in turn could harm our customer relationships and cause us to lose market share. The success of our product offerings depends upon a number of factors, including our ability to:

 

 

·

Anticipate customer needs;

 

·

Innovate and develop new products;

 

·

Successfully introduce new products in a timely manner;

 

·

Price our products competitively with retail and online competitors;

 

·

Deliver our products in sufficient volumes and in a timely manner; and

 

·

Differentiate our product offerings from those of our competitors.

 

If we do not introduce new products or make enhancements to meet the changing needs of our customers in a timely manner, some of our products could be rendered obsolete, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

 
19

Table of Contents

 

Future acquisitions or strategic investments and partnerships could be difficult to identify and integrate with our business, disrupt our business, and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We may seek to acquire or invest in businesses and product lines that we believe could complement or expand our product offerings or otherwise offer growth opportunities. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various expenses in identifying, investigating, and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not the acquisitions are completed. Future acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could adversely affect our financial position and results of operations. In addition, if an acquired business or product line fails to meet our expectations, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

Failure to successfully integrate acquired businesses and their products and other assets into our Company, or if integrated, failure to further our business strategy, may result in our inability to realize any benefit from such acquisition.

 

We expect to grow by acquiring relevant businesses. The consummation and integration of any acquired business, product or other assets into our Company may be complex and time consuming and, if such businesses and assets are not successfully integrated, we may not achieve the anticipated benefits, cost-savings, or growth opportunities. Furthermore, these acquisitions and other arrangements, even if successfully integrated, may fail to further our business strategy as anticipated, expose our Company to increased competition or other challenges with respect to our products or geographic markets, and expose us to additional liabilities associated with an acquired business, technology or other asset or arrangement.

 

The failure to attract and retain key employees could hurt our business.

 

Our success also depends upon our ability to attract and retain numerous highly qualified employees. The loss of one or more members of our management team or other key employees or consultants could materially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We face competition for personnel and consultants from other companies, universities, public and private research institutions, government entities and other organizations. Our failure to attract and retain skilled management and employees may prevent or delay us from pursuing certain opportunities. If we fail to successfully fill many management roles, fail to fully integrate new members of our management team, lose the services of key personnel, or fail to attract additional qualified personnel, it will be significantly more difficult for us to achieve our growth strategies and success.

 

We face substantial risk of product liability claims and potential adverse product publicity.

 

Like any other retailer, distributor or manufacturer of products that are designed to be ingested, we face an inherent risk of exposure to product liability claims, regulatory action and litigation if our products are alleged to have caused loss or injury. In the event we do not have adequate insurance or contractual indemnification, product liability claims could have a material adverse effect on the Company. The Company is not currently a named defendant in any product liability lawsuit; however, other manufacturers and distributors of hemp-based products currently are or have been named as defendants in such lawsuits. The successful assertion or settlement of any uninsured claim, a significant number of insured claims, or a claim exceeding the Company’s insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

We could incur obligations resulting from the activities of our independent distributors.

 

We sell our products through a network of independent distributors. Independent distributors are independent contractors who operate their own business separately and apart from the Company. We may not be able to control certain aspects of our distributors’ activities that may impact our business. If local laws and regulations, or the interpretation thereof, change and require us to treat our independent distributors as employees, or if our independent distributors are deemed by local regulatory authorities in one or more of the jurisdictions in which we operate to be our employees rather than independent contractors under existing laws and interpretations, we may be held responsible for a variety of obligations that are imposed upon employers relating to their employees, including employment-related taxes and penalties, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, there is the possibility that some jurisdictions may seek to hold us responsible for false product or earnings-related claims due to the actions of our independent distributors. Liability for any of these issues could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

 
20

Table of Contents

 

If our independent distributors’ failure to comply with applicable advertising laws and regulations could adversely affect our financial conditions and results of operations.

 

The advertisement of our products is subject to extensive regulations in the markets in which we do business. Our independent distributors may fail to comply with such regulations governing the advertising of our products. We cannot ensure that all marketing materials used by our independent distributors comply with applicable regulations, including bans on false or misleading product and earnings-related claims. If our independent distributors fail to comply with applicable regulations, we could be subjected to claims of false advertising, misrepresentation, significant financial penalties, and/or costly mandatory product recalls and relabeling requirements with respect to our products, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Risks Relating to Investing in Solana

 

The launch of central bank digital currencies (“CBDCs”) may adversely impact our business.

 

The introduction of a government-issued digital currency could eliminate or reduce the need or demand for private-sector issued cryptocurrencies or significantly limit their utility. National governments around the world could introduce CBDCs, which could in turn limit the size of the market opportunity for cryptocurrencies, including Solana.

 

Absent federal regulations, there is a possibility that Solana may be classified as a “security.” Any classification of Solana as a “security” would subject us to additional regulation and could materially impact the operation of our business.

 

We believe that Solana is not a security but neither the SEC nor any other U.S. federal or state regulator publicly stated whether they agree with our assessment. Despite the Trump Administration’s Executive Order titled “Strengthening American Leadership in Digital Financial Technology” which includes as an objective, “protecting and promoting the ability of individual citizens and private sector entities alike to access and … to maintain self-custody of digital assets,” Solana has not yet been classified with respect to U.S. federal securities laws. Therefore, while (for the reasons discussed below) we have concluded that Solana is not a “security” within the meaning of the U.S. federal securities laws, and registration of the Company under The Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) is therefore not required under the applicable securities laws, we acknowledge that a regulatory body or federal court may determine otherwise. Our conclusion, even if reasonable under the circumstances, would not preclude legal or regulatory action based on such a finding that Solana is a “security” which would require us to register as an investment company under the 1940 Act.

 

We have also adapted our process for analyzing the U.S. federal securities law status of Solana and other cryptocurrencies over time, as guidance and case law have evolved. As part of our U.S. federal securities law analytical process, we take into account a number of factors, including the various definitions of “security” under U.S. federal securities laws and federal court decisions interpreting the elements of these definitions, such as the U.S. Supreme Court’s decisions in the Howey and Reves cases, as well as court rulings, reports, orders, press releases, public statements, and speeches by the SEC Commissioners and SEC Staff providing guidance on when a digital asset or a transaction to which a digital asset may relate may be a security for purposes of U.S. federal securities laws. Our position that Solana is not a “security” is premised, among other reasons, on our conclusion Solana does not meet the elements of the Howey test. Among the reasons for our conclusion that Solana is not a security is that holders of Solana do not have a reasonable expectation of profits from our efforts in respect of their holding of Solana. Also, Solana ownership does not convey the right to receive any interest, rewards, or other returns.

 

We acknowledge, however, that the SEC, a federal court, or another relevant entity could take a different view. The regulatory treatment of Solana is such that it has drawn significant attention from legislative and regulatory bodies, in particular the SEC which has previously stated it deemed Solana a security. Application of securities laws to the specific facts and circumstances of digital assets is complex and subject to change. Our conclusion, even if reasonable under the circumstances, would not preclude legal or regulatory action based on a finding that Solana, or any other digital asset we might hold is a “security.” As such, we are at risk of enforcement proceedings against us, which could result in potential injunctions, cease-and-desist orders, fines, and penalties if Solana was determined to be a security by a regulatory body or a court. Such developments could subject us to fines, penalties, and other damages, and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.

 

 
21

Table of Contents

 

If we were deemed to be an investment company under the 1940 Act, applicable restrictions likely would make it impractical for us to continue segments of our business as currently contemplated.

 

Under Sections 3(a)(1)(A) and (C) of the 1940 Act, a company generally will be deemed to be an “investment company” if (i) it is, or holds itself out as being, engaged primarily, or proposes to engage primarily, in the business of investing, reinvesting, or trading in securities or (ii) it engages, or proposes to engage, in the business of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding, or trading in securities and it owns or proposes to acquire investment securities having a value exceeding 40% of the value of its total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities, shares of registered money market funds under Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act, and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. Rule 3a-1 under the 1940 Act generally provides that notwithstanding the Section 3(a)(1)(C) test described in clause (ii) above, an entity will not be deemed to be an “investment company” for purposes of the 1940 Act if no more than 45% of the value of its assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities, shares of registered money market funds under Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act, and cash items) consists of, and no more than 45% of its net income after taxes (for the past four fiscal quarters combined) is derived from, securities other than U.S. government securities, shares of registered money market funds under Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act, securities issued by employees’ securities companies, securities issued by qualifying majority owned subsidiaries of such entity, and securities issued by qualifying companies that are controlled primarily by such entity. We do not believe that we are an “investment company” as such term is defined in either Section 3(a)(1)(A) or Section 3(a)(1)(C) of the 1940 Act.

 

Since our formation, we have been a brand owner specializing in the development, manufacturing and distribution of consumer products. Recently, we have begun focusing on pursuing opportunities to expand our portfolio into coins, digital assets and M&A in the fintech space. With respect to Section 3(a)(1)(A), we hold an amount of Solana which exceeds 40% of our total assets. Since we believe Solana is not an investment security, we do not hold ourselves out as being engaged primarily, or propose to engage primarily, in the business of investing, reinvesting, or trading in securities within the meaning of Section 3(a)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act.

 

With respect to Section 3(a)(1)(C), we believe we satisfy the elements of Rule 3a-1 and therefore are deemed not to be an investment company under, and we intend to conduct our operations such that we will not be deemed an investment company under, Section 3(a)(1)(C). We believe that we are not an investment company pursuant to Rule 3a-1 under the 1940 Act because, on a consolidated basis with respect to wholly-owned subsidiaries but otherwise on an unconsolidated basis, no more than 45% of the value of the Company’s total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities, shares of registered money market funds under Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act, and cash items) consists of, and no more than 45% of the Company’s net income after taxes (for the last four fiscal quarters combined) is derived from, securities other than U.S. government securities, shares of registered money market funds under Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act, securities issued by employees’ securities companies, securities issued by qualifying majority owned subsidiaries of the Company, and securities issued by qualifying companies that are controlled primarily by the Company.

 

Solana and other digital assets, as well as new business models and transactions enabled by blockchain technologies, present novel interpretive questions under the 1940 Act. There is a risk that assets or arrangements that we have concluded are not securities could be deemed to be securities by the SEC or another authority for purposes of the 1940 Act, which would increase the percentage of securities held by us for 1940 Act purposes. The SEC has requested information from a number of participants in the digital assets ecosystem, regarding the potential application of the 1940 Act to their businesses. For example, in an action unrelated to the Company, in February 2022, the SEC issued a cease-and-desist order under the 1940 Act to BlockFi Lending LLC, in which the SEC alleged that BlockFi was operating as an unregistered investment company because it issued securities and also held more than 40% of its total assets, excluding cash, in investment securities, including the loans of digital assets made by BlockFi to institutional borrowers.

 

If we were deemed to be an investment company, Rule 3a-2 under the 1940 Act is a safe harbor that provides a one-year grace period for transient investment companies that have a bona fide intent to be engaged primarily, as soon as is reasonably possible (in any event by the termination of such one-year period), in a business other than that of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding, or trading in securities, with such intent evidenced by the company’s business activities and an appropriate resolution of its board of directors. The grace period is available not more than once every three years and runs from the earlier of (i) the date on which the issuer owns securities and/or cash having a value exceeding 50% of the issuer’s total assets on either a consolidated or unconsolidated basis or (ii) the date on which the issuer owns or proposes to acquire investment securities having a value exceeding 40% of the value of such issuer’s total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. Accordingly, the grace period may not be available at the time that we seek to rely on Rule 3a-2; however, Rule 3a-2 is a safe harbor and we may rely on any exemption or exclusion from investment company status available to us under the 1940 Act at any given time. Furthermore, reliance on Rule 3a-2, Section 3(a)(1)(C), or Rule 3a-1 could require us to take actions to dispose of securities, limit our ability to make certain investments or enter into joint ventures, or otherwise limit or change our service offerings and operations. If we were to be deemed an investment company in the future, restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act—including limitations on our ability to issue different classes of stock and equity compensation to directors, officers, and employees and restrictions on management, operations, and transactions with affiliated persons—likely would make it impractical for us to continue our business as contemplated, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.

 

 
22

Table of Contents

 

We may be subject to regulatory developments related to crypto assets and crypto asset markets, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

As Solana and other digital assets are relatively novel and the application of state and federal securities laws and other laws and regulations to digital assets is unclear in certain respects, it is possible that regulators in the United States or foreign countries may interpret or apply existing laws and regulations in a manner that adversely affects the price of Solana. The U.S. federal government, states, regulatory agencies, and foreign countries may also enact new laws and regulations, or pursue regulatory, legislative, enforcement or judicial actions, that could materially impact the price of Solana or the ability of individuals or institutions such as us to own or transfer Solana.

 

If Solana is determined to constitute a security for purposes of the federal securities laws, the additional regulatory restrictions imposed by such a determination could adversely affect the market price of Solana and in turn adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Moreover, the risks of us engaging in a Solana treasury strategy have created, and could continue to create complications due to the lack of experience that third parties have with companies engaging in such a strategy, such as increased costs of director and officer liability insurance or the potential inability to obtain such coverage on acceptable terms in the future.

 

We may use the net proceeds from any offering by the Company to purchase additional Solana, the price of which has been, and will likely continue to be, highly volatile.

 

We may use the net proceeds from any offering by the Company to purchase additional Solana. Solana is a highly volatile asset. Solana does not pay interest, but if management determines to stake the Solana tokens in treasury, rewards can be earned on Solana. The ability to generate a return on investment from the net proceeds from any offering by the Company will depend on whether there is appreciation in the value of Solana following our purchases of Solana with the net proceeds from any offering by the Company. Future fluctuations in Solana’s trading prices may result in our converting Solana purchased with the net proceeds from any offering into cash with a value substantially below the net proceeds from such an offering.

 

Momentum pricing.

 

The value of a single unit of SOL, as represented by various exchanges, may also be subject to momentum pricing due to speculation regarding future appreciation in value, leading to greater volatility that could adversely affect the value of the shares. Momentum pricing typically is associated with growth stocks and other assets whose valuation, as determined by the investing public, is impacted by appreciation in value. Momentum pricing may result in speculation regarding future appreciation in the value of digital assets, which inflates prices and leads to increased volatility. As a result, SOL may be more likely to fluctuate in value due to changing investor confidence in future appreciation or depreciation in prices, which could adversely affect the price of SOL, and, in turn, our stock price.

 

The trading prices of many digital assets, including SOL, have experienced extreme volatility in recent periods and may continue to do so. Extreme volatility in the future, including declines in the trading prices of SOL, could have a material adverse effect on the value of the shares and the shares could lose all or substantially all of their value.

 

The trading prices of many digital assets, including SOL, have experienced extreme volatility throughout their existence, including in recent periods and may continue to do so. For instance, following significant increases throughout the majority of 2020, digital asset prices, including SOL, experienced significant volatility throughout 2021 and 2022. This volatility became extreme in November 2022 when FTX Trading Ltd. (“FTX”) halted customer withdrawals. Developments during the last cryptocurrency bear market led to extreme volatility and disruption in digital asset markets, a loss of confidence in participants of the digital asset ecosystem, significant negative publicity surrounding digital assets broadly and market-wide declines in liquidity. Digital asset prices, including SOL, have continued to fluctuate widely. For example, according to Bloomberg, Solana’s 90-day realized volatility has generally ranged from 70-100% over the last several months.

 

Fluctuations in the price of Solana may significantly influence the market price of our common stock.

 

To the extent investors view the value of our common stock as linked to the value or change in the value of our Solana treasury, fluctuations in the price of Solana may significantly influence the market price of our common stock. Solana is a highly volatile asset that has traded as low as $60 and as high as $253 in the 12 months preceding the date of this Annual Report. The impact of our Solana treasury on our financial results and the market price of our common stock is likely to increase as we increase our overall holdings of our Solana treasury in the future.

 

A significant decrease in the market value of our Solana could adversely affect our ability to satisfy our financial obligations.

 

As part of our Solana treasury strategy, we expect to incur or continue to incur additional indebtedness and fixed charges. We do not expect our consumer products business to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to satisfy our financial obligations over the next twelve months. In such a case, we intend to fund our obligations using cash proceeds from equity or debt financings. Our ability to obtain equity or debt financing may in turn depend on, among other factors, the value of our Solana treasury holdings, investor sentiment and the general public perception of Solana, our strategy and our value proposition. Accordingly, a significant decline in the market value of our Solana treasury holdings or a negative shift in these other factors may create liquidity and credit risks, as such a decline or such shifts may adversely impact our ability to secure sufficient equity or debt financing to satisfy our financial obligations, including our debt and cash dividend obligations. These risks could materialize at times when Solana is trading below its value on our most recent balance sheet or our cost basis.

 

As Solana constitutes the vast bulk of assets on our balance sheet, if we are unable to secure equity or debt financing in a timely manner, on favorable terms, or at all, we may be required to sell Solana to satisfy our financial obligations, and we may be required to make such sales at prices below our cost basis or that are otherwise generally unfavorable. Any such sale of Solana may have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition, and could impair our ability to secure additional equity or debt financing in the future. Our inability to secure additional equity or debt financing in a timely manner, on favorable terms or at all, or to sell our Solana holdings in amounts and at prices sufficient to satisfy our financial obligations, including our debt service, could cause us to default under such obligations. Any default on our current or future indebtedness could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

 

 
23

Table of Contents

 

Extreme volatility in the future, including declines in the trading prices of SOL, could have a material adverse effect on the value of the shares and the shares could lose all or substantially all of their value. Furthermore, negative perception, a lack of stability and standardized regulation in the digital asset economy may reduce confidence in the digital asset economy and may result in greater volatility in the price of SOL and other digital assets, including a depreciation in value.

 

Furthermore, changes in U.S. political leadership and economic policies may create uncertainty that materially affects the price of SOL and the Company’s Share Price. For example, on March 6, 2025, President Trump signed an Executive Order to establish a Strategic Bitcoin Reserve and a United States Digital Asset Stockpile. Pursuant to this Executive Order, the Strategic Bitcoin Reserve will be capitalized with Bitcoin owned by the Department of Treasury that was forfeited as part of criminal or civil asset forfeiture proceedings, and the Secretaries of Treasury and Commerce are authorized to develop budget-neutral strategies for acquiring additional Bitcoin, provided that those strategies impose no incremental costs on American taxpayers.

 

There are numerous companies announcing their intention to build a digital asset treasury and specifically SOL treasury. This concentration of SOL holdings within a few treasury companies could cause the price of SOL to rapidly decline based on one or more of these treasury companies liquidating their position and could have a material adverse effect on the value of the shares and the shares could lose all or substantially all of their value.

 

There are currently a number of public companies that have announced intentions to accumulate Solana tokens, in addition to certain public companies that have already amassed Solana tokens as part of digital asset treasury strategies. This pool of buyers or potential buyers can significantly affect volume of transactions that would not otherwise exist and lead to concentrations of Solana tokens. The potential effect of such scale is a concentration of holdings that may lead to a wide range of price movements, whether that be increases to the upside or decreases to the downside. We cannot assure stability of prices of Solana tokens and to the extent the market price of our common stock moves in alignment with the price of Solana, we cannot assure stability with respect to the market price of our common stock.

 

Our Solana holdings are less liquid than our existing cash and cash equivalents and may not be able to serve as a source of liquidity for us to the same extent as cash and cash equivalents.

 

Historically, the crypto markets have been characterized by significant volatility in price, limited liquidity and trading volumes compared to sovereign currencies markets; relative anonymity; a developing regulatory landscape; potential susceptibility to market abuse and manipulation; compliance and internal control failures at exchanges; and various other risks inherent in its entirely electronic, virtual form and decentralized network. During times of market instability, we may not be able to sell our Solana at favorable prices or at all. Further, Solana which we hold with our custodians does not enjoy the same protections as are available to cash or securities deposited with or transacted by institutions subject to regulation by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the Securities Investor Protection Corporation. If we are unable to sell our Solana, enter into additional capital raising transactions using Solana as collateral, or otherwise generate funds using our Solana holdings, or if we are forced to sell our Solana at a significant loss, in order to meet our working capital requirements, our business and financial condition could be negatively impacted.

 

We are not subject to legal and regulatory obligations that apply to investment companies such as mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or to obligations applicable to investment advisers.

 

Mutual funds, exchange-traded funds and their directors and management are subject to extensive regulation as “investment companies” and “investment advisers” under U.S. federal and state law; this regulation is intended for the benefit and protection of investors. We are not subject to, and do not otherwise voluntarily comply with, these laws and regulations. This means, among other things, that the execution of or changes to our Treasury Reserve Policy or our Solana strategy, our use of leverage, the manner in which our Solana is custodied, our ability to engage in transactions with affiliated parties and our operating and investment activities generally are not subject to the extensive legal and regulatory requirements and prohibitions that apply to investment companies and investment advisers. Consequently, our board of directors has broad discretion over the investment, leverage and cash management policies it authorizes, whether in respect of our Solana holdings or other activities we may pursue, and has the power to change our current policies, including our strategy of acquiring and holding Solana.

 

 
24

Table of Contents

 

If we or our third-party service providers experience a security breach or cyberattack and unauthorized parties obtain access to our Solana, or if our private keys are lost or destroyed, or other similar circumstances or events occur, we may lose some or all of our Solana and our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

Substantially all of the Solana we own is held in custody accounts at U.S.-based institutional-grade digital asset custodians. Security breaches and cyberattacks are of particular concern with respect to our Solana. Solana and other blockchain-based cryptocurrencies and the entities that provide services to participants in the Solana ecosystem have been, and may in the future be, subject to security breaches, cyberattacks, or other malicious activities. For example, in October 2021 it was reported that hackers exploited a flaw in the account recovery process and stole from the accounts of at least 6,000 customers of the Coinbase exchange, although the flaw was subsequently fixed and Coinbase reimbursed affected customers. Similarly, in November 2022, hackers exploited weaknesses in the security architecture of the FTX Trading digital asset exchange and reportedly stole over $400 million in digital assets from customers. A successful security breach or cyberattack could result in:

 

 

a partial or total loss of our Solana in a manner that may not be covered by insurance or the liability provisions of the custody agreements with the custodians who hold our Solana;

 

harm to our reputation and brand;

 

improper disclosure of data and violations of applicable data privacy and other laws; or

 

significant regulatory scrutiny, investigations, fines, penalties, and other legal, regulatory, contractual and financial exposure.

 

Further, any actual or perceived data security breach or cybersecurity attack directed at other companies with digital assets or companies that operate digital asset networks, regardless of whether we are directly impacted, could lead to a general loss of confidence in the broader Solana ecosystem or in the use of the Solana network to conduct financial transactions, which could negatively impact us.

 

Attacks upon systems across a variety of industries, including industries related to Solana, are increasing in frequency, persistence, and sophistication, and, in many cases, are being conducted by sophisticated, well-funded and organized groups and individuals, including state actors. The techniques used to obtain unauthorized, improper or illegal access to systems and information (including personal data and digital assets), disable or degrade services, or sabotage systems are constantly evolving, may be difficult to detect quickly, and often are not recognized or detected until after they have been launched against a target. These attacks may occur on our systems or those of our third-party service providers or partners. We may experience breaches of our security measures due to human error, malfeasance, insider threats, system errors or vulnerabilities or other irregularities. In particular, we expect that unauthorized parties will attempt to gain access to our systems and facilities, as well as those of our partners and third-party service providers, through various means, such as hacking, social engineering, phishing and fraud. Threats can come from a variety of sources, including criminal hackers, hacktivists, state-sponsored intrusions, industrial espionage, and insiders. In addition, certain types of attacks could harm us even if our systems are left undisturbed. For example, certain threats are designed to remain dormant or undetectable, sometimes for extended periods of time, or until launched against a target and we may not be able to implement adequate preventative measures. Further, there has been an increase in such activities due to the increase in work-from-home arrangements. The risk of cyberattacks could also be increased by cyberwarfare in connection with the ongoing Russia-Ukraine and Israel-Hamas conflicts, or other future conflicts, including potential proliferation of malware into systems unrelated to such conflicts. Any future breach of our operations or those of others in the Solana industry, including third-party services on which we rely, could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We have limited history in generating staking revenues from Solana, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

Until recently, our business focus was as a brand owner specializing in the development, manufacturing, and distribution of consumer products. We reach consumers through our direct-to-consumer network, wholesale partnerships, and major third-party platforms like Amazon.

 

We have recently shifted the focus of our operations to a treasury policy under which the principal holding in its treasury reserve on the balance sheet will be allocated to digital assets, and specifically long term strategy of holding Solana (“SOL”) by applying a proven public-market treasury model to an asset that we believe is earlier in its lifecycle, structurally reflexive, and vastly underexposed.

 

 
25

Table of Contents

 

We have a limited operating history with the current scale of our business, which makes it difficult to forecast our prospects and future results of operations. You should take into account the risks and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies in rapidly evolving markets. Our recent revenue growth should not be considered indicative of our future performance. Further, in future periods, our revenue growth could slow or our revenue could decline for a number of reasons, including unexpected government regulation, any reduction in the value of cryptocurrency generally or Solana specifically, demand for our platform, increased competition, contraction of our overall market, our inability to accurately forecast demand for our platform and plan for capacity constraints or our failure, for any reason, to capitalize on growth opportunities. If our assumptions regarding these risks and uncertainties, which we use to plan our business, are incorrect or change, or if we do not address these risks successfully, our business would be harmed.

 

If the digital asset award or transaction fees for recording transactions on the Solana network are not sufficiently high to incentivize validators may demand high transaction fees, which could negatively impact the value of SOL and the value of the shares.

 

If the digital asset awards for validating blocks or the transaction fees for recording transactions on the Solana network are not sufficiently high to incentivize validators, or if certain jurisdictions continue to limit or otherwise regulate validating activities, validators may cease expending validating power to validate blocks and confirmations of transactions on the SOL blockchain could be slowed. For example, the realization of one or more of the following risks could materially adversely affect the value of the shares:

 

·

Over the past several years, digital asset validating operations have evolved from individual users validating with computer processors, graphics processing units and first-generation application specific integrated circuit machines to “professionalized” validating operations using proprietary hardware or sophisticated machines. If the profit margins of digital asset validating operations are not sufficiently high, digital asset validators are more likely to immediately sell digital assets earned by validating, resulting in an increase in liquid supply of that digital asset, which would generally tend to reduce that digital asset’s market price.

 

 

·

A reduction in the digital assets staked by validators on the Solana network could increase the likelihood of a malicious actor or botnet (a volunteer or hacked collection of computers controlled by networked software coordinating the actions of the computers) obtaining control.

 

 

·

Validators have historically accepted relatively low transaction confirmation fees on most digital asset networks. If validators demand higher transaction fees for recording transactions in the Solana blockchain or a software upgrade automatically charges fees for all transactions on the Solana network, the cost of using SOL may increase and the marketplace may be reluctant to accept SOL as a means of payment. Alternatively, validators could collude in an anti-competitive manner to reject low transaction fees on the Solana network and force users to pay higher fees, thus reducing the attractiveness of the Solana network. Higher transaction confirmation fees resulting through collusion or otherwise may adversely affect the attractiveness of the Solana network, the value of SOL and the value of the shares.

 

 

·

To the extent that any validators cease to record transactions that do not include the payment of a transaction fee in blocks or do not record a transaction because the transaction fee is too low, such transactions will not be recorded on the Solana blockchain until a block is validated by a validator who does not require the payment of transaction fees or is willing to accept a lower fee. Any widespread delays or disruptions in the recording of transactions could result in a loss of confidence in the Solana network and could prevent the Company from completing transactions associated with the day-to-day operations of the treasury.

 

 

·

During the course of the block validation processes, validators exercise the discretion to select bundles of transactions within a block. Beyond the standard block reward and transaction fees, validators have the ability to extract what is known as Maximal Extractable Value (“MEV”) by strategically selecting bundles of transactions during block production to prioritize transactions associated with higher transaction fees and MEV capture. In blockchain networks that facilitate DeFi protocols in particular, such as the Solana network, users may attempt to gain an advantage over other users by offering additional fees to validators for effecting the order or inclusions of transactions within a block. Certain software solutions, such as Jito, have been developed which facilitate validators and other parties in the ecosystem in capturing MEV. The presence of MEV may incentivize associated practices such as sandwich attacks or front-running that can have negative repercussions on DeFi users. A “sandwich attack” involves placing two transactions—one before and one after—a large, detected trade to exploit the resulting price movement. Unlike Ethereum, Solana lacks a public mempool, making it harder to detect pending user transactions. However, validators can choose to run clients like Jito or Paladin, which support MEV strategies that may enable sandwich attacks. For instance, searchers can submit bundles of transactions with precise ordering, allowing them to surround a vulnerable trade if detected. In the context of MEV, “front-running” is said to occur when a user spots an unexecuted transaction and awaiting validation, and then pays a high transaction fee to a validator to have their transaction executed on a priority basis in a manner designed to profit from the pending but unexecuted transaction. Since Solana doesn’t have a public mempool (memory pool), validators and bots have limited visibility to unexecuted, or pending, transactions. Combined with Solana’s fast block times and parallel execution model, this makes it hard to detect and exploit user trades in real time. However, that does not mean front-running is impossible. If a validator colludes with a bot, for example, it could potentially observe and front-run transactions. By running Jito or similar clients, validators have access to structure MEV systems where searchers submit bundles of ordered transactions to validators through an auction system. Validators select the most profitable bundles (based on transaction fees and MEV capture). Considering searchers determine the ordering through their bundles, front-running is possible. As of 2026, up to five transactions can be in a bundle for Jito. The transactions in a bundle must be executed atomically and in sequence, meaning if one transaction fails, the entire bundle does not get processed. Note, these MEV technologies, in this case Jito, can also offer user protections like front-running flags and protected order flow to mitigate risks. MEV may also compromise the predictability of transaction execution, which may deter usage of the network as a whole. Any potential perception of MEV as unfair manipulation may also discourage users and other stakeholders from engaging with DeFi protocols or the Solana network in general. In addition, it’s possible regulators or legislators could enact rules that restrict practices associated with MEV, which could diminish the popularity of the Solana network among users and validators. Any of these or other outcomes related to MEV may adversely affect the value of SOL and the value of the shares.

 

 
26

Table of Contents

 

Our trading orders may not be timely executed.

 

Our investment and trading strategies depend on the ability to establish and maintain an overall market position in a combination of financial instruments. Our trading orders may not be executed in a timely and efficient manner because of various circumstances, including, for example, trading volume surges or systems failures attributable to us or our counterparties, brokers, dealers, agents or other service providers. In such an event, we might only be able to acquire or dispose of some, but not all, of the components of our positions, or if the overall positions were to need adjustments, we might not be able to make such adjustments. As a result, we would not be able to achieve our desired market position, which may result in a loss. In addition, we can be expected to rely heavily on electronic execution systems (and may rely on new systems and technology in the future), which may be subject to certain systemic limitations or mistakes, causing the interruption of trading orders made by us.

 

Competition from other companies staking and utilizing Solana in their treasury plans.

 

We expect to contend with other companies also focused on developing digital asset staking operations. Market participants with sufficient knowledge and capital have the ability to acquire tokens on the open market and start staking, which would increase competition.

 

Competition from central bank digital currencies (“CBDCs”) and emerging payments initiatives involving financial institutions could adversely affect the price of SOL and other digital assets.

 

Central banks in various countries have introduced digital forms of legal tender (“CBDCs”). China’s CBDC project, known as Digital Currency Electronic Payment, has reportedly been tested in a live pilot program conducted in multiple cities in China. Central banks representing at least 130 countries have published retail or wholesale CBDC work ranging from research to pilot projects. Whether or not they incorporate blockchain or similar technology, CBDCs, as legal tender in the issuing jurisdiction, could have an advantage in competing with, or replace, SOL and other cryptocurrencies as a medium of exchange or store of value. Central banks and other governmental entities have also announced cooperative initiatives and consortia with private sector entities, with the goal of leveraging blockchain and other technology to reduce friction in cross-border and interbank payments and settlement, and commercial banks and other financial institutions have also recently announced a number of initiatives of their own to incorporate new technologies, including blockchain and similar technologies, into their payments and settlement activities, which could compete with, or reduce the demand for, SOL. As a result of any of the foregoing factors, the price of SOL could decrease, which could adversely affect the value of the Company’s stock price.

 

Competition from the emergence or expansion of other digital assets may negatively influence the price of SOL and have an adverse impact on the value of the shares.

 

As of June 30, 2026, SOL ranked as the seventh largest digital asset by market capitalization, according to CoinMarketCap.com. SOL encounters competition from a broad spectrum of digital assets, including Bitcoin and Ether. Additionally, numerous consortiums and financial institutions are investing in private or permissioned blockchain platforms rather than open networks such as the Solana Network. SOL is currently supported by fewer trading platforms compared to more established digital assets like Bitcoin and Ether, which may affect its liquidity. The Solana Network also competes directly with other smart contract platforms, including Ethereum, Polkadot, Avalanche, and Cardano. The emergence or growth of alternative digital assets or other smart contract platforms may diminish demand for, and the price of, SOL, thereby adversely affecting the value of the shares.

 

Investors have the option to gain exposure to SOL through mechanisms other than the Company’s Shares, such as direct investment in SOL or through other financial vehicles, including securities or products backed by or linked to SOL. Specifically, the Company faces competition from other exchange-traded spot SOL products and similar digital asset vehicles, several of which have pending applications before the SEC or have already secured SEC approval. The Company’s ability to maintain its scale and achieve its intended competitive positioning may depend on various factors, such as its timing relative to competing products and its ability to raise additional capital.

 

 
27

Table of Contents

 

Furthermore, if other financial vehicles tracking SOL constitute a significant portion of overall demand, substantial transactions involving these vehicles or private funds holding SOL could adversely affect the Index Price, NAV, NAV per Share, value of the shares, Principal Market NAV, and Principal Market NAV per Share. Therefore, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to preserve its scale or attain its intended competitive position relative to peers, which could negatively affect both the performance of the Company and the value of the shares.

 

We may fail to develop and execute successful investment or trading strategies.

 

The success of our investment and trading activities will depend on the ability of our investment team and any asset manager, should we elect to retain one in the future to identify overvalued and undervalued investment opportunities and to exploit price discrepancies. This process involves a high degree of uncertainty. No assurance can be given that we will be able to identify suitable or profitable investment opportunities in which to deploy our capital. The success of the trading activities also depends on our ability to remain competitive with other over-the-counter traders and liquidity providers. Competition in trading is based on price, offerings, level of service, technology, relationships and market intelligence. The success of investment activities depends on our ability to source deals and obtain favorable terms. Competition in investment activities is based on relationships. The barrier to entry in each of these businesses is very low and competitors can easily and will likely provide similar services in the near future. The success of our venture investments and trading business could suffer if we are not able to remain competitive.

 

We may make, or otherwise be subject to, trade errors.

 

Errors may occur with respect to trades executed on our behalf. Trade errors can result from a variety of situations, including, for example, when the wrong investment is purchased or sold or when the wrong quantity is purchased or sold. Trade errors frequently result in losses, which could be material. To the extent that an error is caused by a third party, we may seek to recover any losses associated with the error, although there may be contractual limitations on any third party’s liability with respect to such error.

 

We face other risks related to our Solana treasury strategy.

 

Our Solana treasury strategy exposes us to various risks, including the following:

·

Solana and other digital assets are subject to significant legal, commercial, regulatory, and technical uncertainty, and our Solana strategy subjects us to enhanced regulatory oversight;

 

 

·

Regulatory changes could impact our ability to operate validators in the future should we decide to do so or receive rewards;

 

 

·

Regulatory scrutiny of the Company’s activities may increase, potentially limiting our operations;

 

 

·

Potential litigation risks exist related to smart contract vulnerabilities, validator operations, or our business activities;

 

 

·

Uncertainty around Solana’s regulatory status may impact our ability to list on certain exchanges;

 

 

·

Changes in political administration may not guarantee a favorable regulatory environment for Solana; and

 

 

·

Increased regulatory focus on Layer-1 blockchains beyond Bitcoin and Ethereum could result in new compliance requirements.

 

The foregoing factors could lead to disruption in the market for Solana, which could adversely affect the value of the Company’s stock price.

 

 
28

Table of Contents

 

SOL faces unique technical, governance and concentration risks that could materially affect its long-term viability.

 

The Solana Network is a high-throughput Layer-1 blockchain with architectural features that differ significantly from other blockchains, such as Ethereum. While these features allow for rapid processing of transactions, they introduce risks that could adversely impact the value of SOL and the stability of the Solana Network. Historically, the Solana Network has suffered network outages, slow operations and validator coordination failures. If such challenges were to persist, the confidence of the Solana development community and its users will be adversely affected, which could cause a rapid decline in the value of SOL. In addition, Solana’s consensus mechanism (PoH combined with PoS) is novel and relatively untested at a large scale over time. Structural flaws could emerge that require a fork, which may have an adverse impact on the Solana Network and our holdings.

 

Solana validators are relatively small in number, which may lead to coordinated censorship.

 

SOL requires high-performing computing hardware and internet connectivity to operate a validator node. These substantial infrastructure demands create a barrier of entry for validators, leading to a high concentration of validators that must be well capitalized. A significant portion of staked SOL tokens may be delegated to a few validators, resulting in a centralized block production environment. This concentration and centralization could lead to the risk of coordinated censorship, which validators or node operators could delay or exclude transactions or blocks from being confirmed and recorded on the blockchain, severely undermining neutrality and causing an erosion of the integrity of the Solana Network.

 

Our Solana validator reward yield is expected to decline over time and could have a material adverse effect on our financial results.

 

Solana’s current protocol distributes rewards to validators based on a declining inflation model. This model reduces the total amount of Solana rewards available to distribute to validators by 15% each year until it reaches a long-term rate of 1.5%. A significant reduction in validator reward yield could negatively impact our business and results of operations.

 

Our SOL treasury strategy is dependent on the Solana Foundation and core development team.

 

The Solana Network is more centralized than other blockchain protocols such as Bitcoin and Ethereum. The Solana Foundation and a relatively small group of core developers play a significant role in the governance, maintenance, and technical direction of the Solana protocol. If one or more key individuals that is responsible for the core development or leadership were to depart, become incapacitated or otherwise decide not to participate, the health of the Solana network will be significantly affected and would result in a material adverse impact on the value of SOL. Further, if the Solana Foundation were to become subject to a reputational event, it could lead to reduced developer engagement and adversely affect the functionality and value of the Solana Network.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

 

None.

 

Item 1C. Cybersecurity

 

Cybersecurity risks are overseen by the full Board of Directors and the Audit Committee as part of their regular oversight. Members of the Board and Audit Committee are encouraged to engage in ad hoc conversations with management on cybersecurity related updates to our risk management and strategy. Cybersecurity incidents are reported to the Chief Financial Officer to determine incident severity and response. In an effort to deter and detect cyber threats, we also provide all employees with access to digital assets with an ongoing cybersecurity awareness training program, which further educates employees and covers timely and relevant topics, including phishing, password protection, asset use and mobile security.

 

 
29

Table of Contents

 

The Company has established processes to assess, identify, and manage material risks from cybersecurity threats as part of its overall enterprise risk management system. Its cybersecurity processes include security monitoring and detection through third-party vendors. The processes also extend to oversight and identification of risks associated with vendors and customers if their computer systems interface with the Company’s information systems. Upon detection of a potentially material cybersecurity incident, the Company initiates its cyber incident procedure to investigate, contain, and remediate the incident.

 

The Company has not experienced any material cybersecurity incidents, and the expenses incurred from any security incidents have been immaterial. However, as discussed under “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report, cybersecurity threats pose multiple and potentially material risks to the Company, including potentially to the Company’s results of operations and financial condition. The Company relies extensively on information technology systems and could face cybersecurity risk. As cybersecurity threats become more frequent, sophisticated, and coordinated, it is reasonably likely that the Company may expend greater resources to continue to modify and enhance protective measures against such security risks.

 

Storage of Our Digital Assets in our SOL Treasury

 

The Custodians

 

The Custodians are responsible for safekeeping all of the SOL owned by the Company. We maintain multiple Custodians to reduce the risk of a single failure, and we plan to expand to additional custodians as our Treasury grows. The Custodian accounts are all opened by the Company, this segregates our assets into an individual custodian account owned by the Company and access is monitored and controlled by the Company. The assets go through the Custodians Trust Company, which maintains its own insurance and is regulated by their respective state where the trust is incorporated in.

 

Our primary custodian is currently BitGo Bank & Trust, National Association, a national banking association chartered under the laws of the United States (“BitGo”), authorized by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), which is federally regulated. On May 1, 2025, we entered into a Custodial Services Agreement with BitGo (the “BitGo Agreement”) to hold our digital currency. The term of the BitGo Agreement is for one year with successive one-year renewals unless prior notice of non-renewal is given by either party. The Company pays BitGo a monthly digital asset storage fee based upon the market value of the assets in storage, plus $500. The BitGo Agreement is terminable by either the Company or BitGo on thirty days’ notice as a result of a breach of the Agreement and may be suspended by BitGo if the Company violates the intended use of the account or due to a change in the applicable law, litigation or bankruptcy.

 

Our secondary custodian is Coinbase Inc., a subsidiary of Coinbase Global, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which is primarily used for the acquisition of digital assets. On May 5, 2025, the Company entered into an Institutional Client Agreement with Coinbase (the “Coinbase Agreement”). The Coinbase Agreement is terminable at will by either the Company or Coinbase. The Company pays Coinbase its regularly scheduled fees based on the dollar trading volume over a thirty-day period. The Coinbase Agreement is terminable by either the Company or Coinbase on ten days’ notice as a result of a breach of the Agreement and may be suspended by Coinbase if the Company violates the intended use of the account or due to a change in the applicable law, governmental proceeding, litigation or bankruptcy. Coinbase may also close the Company’s account if it has been inactive for more than one year.

 

BitGo maintains a $250,000,000 policy against loss, theft, and misuse. On June 30, 2026, we have approximately $165,300,682 of treasury value at BitGo, based on the SOL price of $73.52 per token. Coinbase has an insurance policy for any cash held in the account of $250,000. We currently do not have a material amount of cash or SOL held at Coinbase. If there was a major event resulting in a significant loss of assets held at our custodians, these policies are unlikely adequate to fully cover the loss of our assets held at the custodian.

 

Solana, as with all digital assets, can be highly volatile. Management reviews the account balances and the total value held with a custodian to allocate the Company’s holdings between multiple accounts and custodians to mitigate risk. We do not use self-storage for any of the SOL treasury assets.

 

 
30

Table of Contents

 

Private keys are generated by the Custodian in key generation ceremonies at secure locations using offline devices that have never been connected to a network. Private keys are generated according to detailed procedures using specialized offline devices and within these secure facilities to mitigate risk of hacks, errors, or other unintended external exposure. Key ceremony processes are highly controlled, require segregation of duties across multiple parties and are reviewed and witnessed by designated oversight personnel. Thorough validations and signoffs are performed to verify the integrity and security of key generation ceremonies.

 

The Custodians hold a majority of SOL in cold storage and provides a user interface for the Company to manage the allocation of SOL between cold and hot storage for the wallets. The Company maintains more than 95% of its SOL treasury in cold wallets.

 

The Custodians have multiple, redundant cold storage sites, which are geographically distributed including sites within the United States. Cold storage locations of the Custodian are monitored by 24x7 on-site security, video surveillance and alarms, hardened room structures, and access to these facilities is controlled by multi-person controls, multi-team access rules, and multi-factor authentication. The locations of the cold storage sites may change at the discretion of the Custodian and are kept confidential by the Custodian for security purposes. Transactions from cold to hot storage require physical access, according to the above controls, to one or more cold storage facilities, as well as systematically enforced approvals and integrity verifications, before the secure device can be used to cryptographically complete the transaction. At no point during this process is the private key removed from the secure device(s) nor the cold storage facility. Once these security processes have been completed, a transfer on the Solana network can be executed, as signed using the private keys held offline in cold storage.

 

The Custodians also maintain geographically dispersed backups of private keys, which are cryptographically generated into shards and stored in separate locations; multiple locations must be accessed to reconstruct a single key. The storage facilities are highly secured, and include 24x7 on-premises security presence, video surveillance, and alarms for unexpected entry. Access to facilities is controlled by multi-person controls, multi- team access rules, and multi-factor authentication.

 

All of our Custodians have SOC type 2 reports that the Company has reviewed and we get regular bridge reports from our Custodians to help ensure the controls are being maintained. Our Custodians maintain their own insurance policies to cover our loss, which is in addition to the policies that we maintain ourselves. We currently have three qualified Custodians that we have approved for our treasury use.

 

The Company is charged for storage fees, staking fees and transaction fees for services specifically requested by the Company or the Asset Management Company. Except as set forth above, the contract terms of the agreements are typically for one to three years and can be terminated upon 30-day notice and payment of all fees due and one month of additional fees.

 

Item 2. Properties

 

Our corporate headquarters consists of approximately 5,752 square feet of leased office space located at 3030 North Rocky Point Drive, Suite 420, Tampa, Florida 33607. We also lease additional office space at 3030 North Rocky Point Drive, Suite 480, Tampa, Florida 33607. The lease for Suite 420 expires on September 1, 2028, and the lease for Suite 480 expires on October 1, 2028.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

 

From time to time, the Company may become involved in litigation relating to claims arising out of its operations in the normal course of business. The Company is not involved in any pending legal proceeding or litigation, and, to the best of its knowledge, no governmental authority is contemplating any proceeding to which we are a party or to which any of our properties are subject, which would reasonably be likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company, other than the following:

 

 

·

On November 26, 2025, Upexi, Inc. filed for arbitration against GSR Strategies LLC (“GSR”). The case is presently in active arbitration and is styled Upexi, Inc. v. GSR Strategies LLC, American Arbitration Association. The action stems from an Asset Management Agreement entered between Upexi and GSR effective April 23, 2025 (the “AMA”) and principally relates to the rights and obligations of the parties under the AMA, which was terminated by GSR effective December 26, 2025. Upexi seeks an award concluding the AMA be held void ab initio various declaratory judgments regarding Upexi’s rights under the AMA, and damages related to GSR’s breaches of the AMA. GSR has asserted counterclaims seeking monetary damages and indemnification. Upexi is vigorously prosecuting its claims and defending against all counterclaims by GSR.

 

 
31

Table of Contents

 

 

·

On or about April 7, 2025, Bloomios, Inc., Infused Confections, LLC and Infusionz, LLC (collectively, the “Plaintiffs”), filed an action against the Company and each of its executive officers and directors, and Grove, Inc., which is the Company’s prior name. The action stems from Bloomios’ acquisition of Infusionz from the Company in October 2022. The Plaintiffs’ claims allege fraud, misrepresentation, and breach of contract, among other claims, and are seeking damages in an unspecified amount, plus punitive damages, and unspecified declaratory relief. The Company considers the action baseless. The Company was successful in obtaining the dismissal of individual Board members from this action and filed counterclaims for the approximately $19.5 million the Plaintiffs owe the Company from the transaction. The Company intends to seek reimbursement of all attorneys’ fees as a result of the false statements made by the Plaintiffs in the complaint. Discovery in this matter is ongoing..

 

 

 

 

·

On December 20, 2024 MVW Holdings filed a lawsuit against E-Core Technology, Inc. and named the Company as a defendant in a trademark and trade dress lawsuit. E-Core Technology, Inc. is no longer owned by the Company.

 

 

 

 

·

On September 6, 2024, Eric Hanig filed suit against the Company and Cygnet Online, LLC in state court in Nevada for an alleged failure to pay $300,000 pursuant to a letter agreement. The Company denies all claims and filed counterclaims against Eric Hanig for fraudulently inducing it to enter into the letter agreement and for absconding with the balance of Cygnet Online, LLC’s bank account. The discovery phase of litigation is complete and the Company filed a motion for summary judgment. Prior to the due date for Hanig’s response to the motion for summary judgment, the parties agreed to extend all deadlines to allow Hanig to explore potentially filing for bankruptcy protection. Hanig’s decision on the bankruptcy filing is expected by late-September.

 

 

 

 

·

On March 14, 2024, Get Fit Fast Supplements, LLC, filed for arbitration against Cygnet Online, LLC, and Eric Hanig. The case is styled Get Fit Fast Supplements, LLC v. Cygnet Online, LLC, et al., American Arbitration Association Case No. 01-24-0003-1085. The foregoing action, and related actions that were combined in the same arbitration, are principally a series of breach of contract and fraud cases related to the rights and obligations of the parties under the various transaction documents associated with the acquisition by the Company of Cygnet Online, LLC, and the acquisition, prior thereto, by Cygnet Online, LLC of Get Fit Fast Supplements, LLC. The parties sought monetary damages in their various claims and counterclaims against one another. The Company, on behalf of Cygnet, is vigorously defending all claims made against Cygnet in the arbitration. The Company is not a party to this arbitration. On March 17, 2026, the panel issued its final award. The panel ruled in favor of Cygnet on all claims brought against it and ruled in favor of Cygnet on its breach of contract claim against Get Fit Fast Supplements, LLC. The panel awarded Cygnet approximately $0.4 million in damages.

 

From time to time, we are a party to legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Other than the foregoing, the Company is not currently involved in any pending legal proceeding or litigation, and, to the best of its knowledge, no governmental authority is contemplating any proceeding to which we are a party or to which any of its properties is subject, which would reasonably be likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

 

Not applicable.

 

 
32

Table of Contents

 

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

Market Information

 

The Company’s common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC and is traded under the symbol “UPXI.” The Company’s common stock started trading on June 24, 2021.

 

We consider our common stock to be thinly traded and, accordingly, reported sales prices or quotations may not be a true market-based valuation of our common stock.

 

Holders of Record

 

There were approximately 194 holders of record of the Company’s common stock on June 30, 2026.

 

Dividend Policy

 

We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to finance the development and expansion of our businesses and, therefore, do not intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, restrictions contained in any financing instruments, and such other factors as our board of directors deems relevant in its sole discretion. Accordingly, you may need to sell your shares of our common stock to realize a return on your investment; however, you may not be able to sell your shares at or above the price you paid for them.

 

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

 

The Company established the 2019 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2019 Plan”). The plan grants incentives to select persons who can make, are making and continuing to make substantial contributions to the growth and success of the Company, to attract and retain the employment and services of such persons and to encourage and reward such contributions by providing these individuals with an opportunity to acquire or increase stock ownership in the Company through either the grant of options or restricted stock. The 2019 Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee or such other committee as may be appointed by the Board of Directors pursuant to the 2019 Plan. The Compensation Committee has full authority to administer and interpret the provisions of the 2019 Plan, including, but not limited to, the authority to make all determinations with regard to the terms and conditions of awards made under the 2019 Plan. On September 18, 2024, the Company filed a Certificate of Change with the Nevada Secretary of State to effect a reverse stock split of its common stock at a rate of 1-for-20 (the "Reverse Stock Split"), which became effective as of October 3, 2024. The Reverse Stock Split was approved by the Board of Directors in accordance with Nevada law. Concurrently, the Company’s shareholders consented to, and the Board of Directors approved, an amendment of the 2019 Plan to increase the maximum number of shares that may be issued thereunder to 500,000 shares, as adjusted for the 1 for 20 reverse stock split. On June 16, 2025, the shareholders approved an amendment to, the 2019 Plan to increase the number of shares issuable pursuant to awards granted under the 2019 Plan from 500,000 shares to 10,000,000 shares. On August 19, 2025, the shareholders approved an amendment to the 2019 Plan to increase the number of shares issuable pursuant to awards granted under the 2019 Plan from 10,000,000 shares to 25,000,000 shares.

 

 
33

Table of Contents

 

The following table summarizes information, as of June 30, 2026, relating to compensation plans under which equity securities are authorized for issuance.

 

Plan category

 

Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights*

 

 

Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights

 

 

Number of securities

remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in first column) **

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

 

 

5,291,452

 

 

$ 2.64

 

 

 

19,046,056

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Total

 

 

5,291,452

 

 

$ 2.64

 

 

 

19,046,056

 

_____________ 

*   Consists of 664,200 options outstanding and 4,627,252 RSUs outstanding.

 

** There have been 10,919 shares issued for the exercise of stock options and 651,573 shares issued for vested RSUs.

 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities; Use of Proceeds from Registered Securities

 

On July 16, 2025, the Company issued secured convertible notes in the aggregate principal amount of approximately $151.2 million, convertible into 35,569,224 shares of common stock at $4.25 per share.

 

On July 11, 2025, the Company issued 12,457,186 shares of common stock, at an offering price of $4.00 per share and $4.94 per share to certain members of the Company’s management and members of the Board of Directors.

 

On November 13, 2025, the Company announced a program to repurchase up to $50.0 million of its own common stock. The program does not obligate the Company to acquire any specific number of shares and may be suspended or discontinued at any time.

 

On November 26, 2025, the Company issued in the aggregate 3,289,474 shares of common stock and 3,289,474 common stock purchase warrants to purchase up to 3,289,474 shares of common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $10.0 million, representing a purchase price of $3.04 per share of common stock and accompanying warrant. Each warrant is exercisable for one share of common stock at an exercise price of $4.00 per share.

 

On January 9, 2026, the Company issued secured convertible notes in the original principal amount of approximately $36.0 million, convertible into 15,046,851 shares of common stock at $2.39 per share.

 

On June 21, 2026, the Company issued 5,250,000 shares of common stock and 6,992,300 pre-funded common stock purchase warrants to purchase up to 6,992,300 shares of common stock for aggregate purchase price of approximately $19.5 million, representing an effective purchase price of $1.60 per share of common stock and accompanying warrant. Each pre-funded warrant is exercisable for one share of common stock at an exercise price of $0.00001 per share.

 

 
34

Table of Contents

 

All of the securities issued by the Company as described above were issued pursuant to the exemption for transactions by an issuer not involved in any public offering under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder and corresponding state securities laws.

 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

None.

 

Item 6. [Reserved]

 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The last day of our fiscal year is June 30. Our fiscal quarters end on September 30, December 31, March 31, and June 30. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” or in other parts of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. See also “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” above. 

 

Overview

 

We are in the cryptocurrency industry and the management of cash assets through a cryptocurrency portfolio, primarily focused on Solana tokens and staking of those tokens. We continue to be a brand owner specializing in the development, manufacturing, and distribution of consumer products.

 

Our Solana Treasury Strategy

 

Early in 2025, we updated and modified our cash management and treasury strategy to include holding digital currency assets directly on our balance sheet. This was a shift from before when we held excess cash primarily in FDIC-insured interest-bearing accounts. The change to adopt this strategy results from our intention to obtain the highest yield on excess cash and benefit from potential price appreciation. Under our new approach, our treasury policy focuses primarily on Solana (“SOL”). The approach involves applying a public-market treasury model to an asset that is considered earlier in its lifecycle than, with respect to both development and usage, as well as institutional adoption, Bitcoin. Management will focus its resources to this digital asset strategy and a significant portion of the balance sheet will be allocated to holding Solana in the Company’s digital asset treasury.

 

Key Factors Affecting Operating Results 

 

Cyclicality and Seasonality

 

Our business is typically unaffected by seasonality.

 

Operating Segments

 

The Company’s financial reporting is organized into a single segment that includes sales and distribution of branded products, following the sale of E-Core, Technology Inc. and its subsidiaries. Other sources of revenue and related costs are aggregated and viewed by management as immaterial or have similar economic characteristics, products, production, distribution processes, and regulatory environment as the other product sales or directly support the Company’s single segment.

 

 
35

Table of Contents

 

Results of Operations

 

The following summary of our results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements for the years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, which are included herein.

 

 

 

Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

 

Change

 

Revenue

 

$ 7,568,822

 

 

$ 14,826,336

 

 

$ (7,257,514 )

Digital asset revenue

 

 

17,429,206

 

 

 

985,009

 

 

 

16,444,197

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

2,630,320

 

 

 

4,943,305

 

 

 

(2,312,985 )

Sales and marketing expenses

 

 

2,898,473

 

 

 

4,001,094

 

 

 

(1,102,621 )

Distribution costs

 

 

2,627,626

 

 

 

4,691,964

 

 

 

(2,064,338 )

General and administrative expenses

 

 

26,398,877

 

 

 

11,935,582

 

 

 

14,463,295

 

Unrealized loss (gain) on digital assets

 

 

195,059,336

 

 

 

(105,474 )

 

 

195,164,810

 

Realized loss on digital asset revenue conversion to USD

 

 

4,931,791

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

4,931,791

 

Realized loss on sale of digital assets

 

 

6,773,418

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

6,773,418

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

24,524,352

 

 

 

2,844,626

 

 

 

21,679,726

 

Other expenses

 

 

(5,218,533 )

 

 

(1,184,457 )

 

 

4,034,076

 

Net loss

 

$ (246,064,698 )

 

$ (13,684,209 )

 

$ (232,380,489 )

 

Revenue declined by approximately $7.3 million, or 49.0%, for fiscal year ended June 30, 2026 compared with the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025, primarily due to the Company’s shift away from legacy health, wellness and other consumer-product lines and the exit of certain manufacturing and distribution operations. Management’s focus is on the digital asset strategy and resources are allocated accordingly. We do not expect significant increases to these revenue sources in future quarters.

 

Digital asset revenue increased by approximately $16.4 million, for fiscal year ended June 30, 2026 compared with the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025, as the Company began its investments in digital assets toward the end of fiscal year 2025. The Company earns staking revenue by delegating its digital assets to third-party validators on proof-of-stake blockchain networks. The digital asset revenue is expected to increase as the number of SOL tokens the Company has staked increases, the overall increase in the price of SOL and the Company’s continued expansion of its digital asset strategy.

 

Cost of revenue decreased by approximately $2.3 million, or 46.8%, compared with the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025. The gross margin was approximately 65.2% and 66.7% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025, respectively, when excluding digital asset revenue, which is a decrease of approximately 1.4%.

 

Sales and marketing expenses decreased by approximately $1.1 million, or 27.6%, as compared with the same period last year, primarily due to less marketing expenses being spent on the remaining products and several of the fixed sales and marketing expenses have been eliminated.

 

Distribution costs decreased by approximately $2.1 million, or 44.0%, as compared with the same period last year. The decrease in distribution costs was primarily related to the overall decline in revenue.

 

 
36

Table of Contents

 

General and administrative expenses increased approximately $14.5 million, or 121.2%, as compared with the same period last year. The increase is mainly a result of expenses in connection with the change in the business strategy to hold digital assets as parts of its treasury. The increase was primarily due to the $4.0 million increase in public company expenses, $7.0 million increase in compensation to employees, $1.5 million increase in digital asset treasury fees, $1.2 million increase in legal fees, and $1.1 million increase in travel related expenses.

 

Unrealized loss on digital assets increased by approximately $195.2 million as the Company began its investments in digital assets toward the end of fiscal year 2025. The changes mainly result from the price changes on SOL over the recorded cost of SOL during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2026. There was a minimal amount of digital asset activity during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025.

 

Realized loss on digital asset revenue conversion to USD increased by approximately $4.9 million as the Company began its investments in digital assets toward the end of fiscal year 2025 and there was no staking revenue converted into USD in the prior year. The losses were a result of the price changes on SOL from the period the digital assets were recorded as staking revenue and the price the staking revenue was converted into USD during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2026. The digital assets sales are recorded on a first in first out basis.

 

Realized loss on sale of digital assets increased by approximately $6.8 million as the Company began its investments in digital assets toward the end of fiscal year 2025 and there was no digital assets sold in the prior year.

 

Other operating expenses increased by approximately $21.7 million as compared with the same period last year. The increase was primarily due to increased stock compensation of approximately $19.5 million.

 

Other expense increased by approximately $4.0 million as compared with the same period last year. The increase was primarily due to increased debt used in the purchase of SOL for the digital asset treasury.

 

The Company had a net loss of approximately $246.1 million compared to a net loss of approximately $13.7 million in the prior year. The increase in the net losses primarily related to the above-mentioned changes.

 

Liquidity, Capital Resources and Cash Requirements

 

Working Capital

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Current assets

 

$ 116,766,265

 

 

$ 56,778,043

 

Current liabilities

 

 

71,130,418

 

 

 

32,563,906

 

Working capital

 

$ 45,635,847

 

 

$ 24,214,137

 

 

Cash Flows

 

 

 

Year Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Cash flows used in operating activities

 

$ (20,956,207 )

 

$ (8,423,042 )

Cash flows used in investing activities

 

 

(30,623,761 )

 

 

(99,293,083 )

Cash flows provided by financing activities

 

 

54,383,404

 

 

 

110,029,860

 

Net change in cash during the period

 

$ 2,803,436

 

 

$ 2,313,735

 

 

 
37

Table of Contents

 

On June 30, 2026, the Company had cash of approximately $5.8 million, an increase of approximately $2.8 million from June 30, 2025. The primary changes resulted from financing obtained to implement and grow the Company’s digital asset strategy.

 

Net cash flows used in operating activities was approximately $21.0 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2026, as compared to net cash flows used in operating activities of approximately $8.4 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025. The approximately $246.1 million dollar net loss from operations was offset by approximately $195.1 million in unrealized loss on digital assets, digital asset revenue conversion to USD of approximately $13.2 million, realized loss on sale of digital assets of approximately $6.8 million, loan amortization costs of approximately $3.7 million, the impairment of assets from the manufacturing shutdown of approximately $1.4 million, impairment on acquired intangible assets of approximately $0.8 million, and stock-based compensation expense of approximately $21.9 million, which was partially offset by approximately $10.3 million gain on the extinguishment of debt. The changes in assets and liabilities provided approximately $4.5 million. Various costs were incurred in connection with beginning, implementing, and growing the Company’s digital asset strategy and are expected to continue.

 

Net cash flows used in investing activities was approximately $30.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2026, as compared to net cash flows used in investing activities of approximately $99.3 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025. The primary use of funds was on the acquisitions of SOL for the digital assets treasury during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2026 and 2025.

 

Net cash flows provided by financing activities was approximately $54.4 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2026, as compared to net cash flows provided by financing activities of approximately $110.0 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025. The primary driver of the change was the financing obtained from a capital raise occurring in each of July 2025 and November 2025 for purposes of executing the Company’s digital asset strategy during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2026. This capital raise was offset by the expenses incurred for the capital raise and the expenses incurred for the convertible note obtained in a swap transaction for SOL. Other notable drivers include the exercise of warrants that provided cash of approximately $0.1 million and cash used for common stock repurchases of approximately $2.8 million.

 

Liquidity of SOL Management

 

The Company purchases Locked Solana that cannot be purchased or sold on the normal market exchanges and is purchased and sold through negotiations directly with the owner of the Locked Solana or their agent. The Locked Solana is unlocked through a schedule that will continue through January of 2028 and once unlocked is the same as any other liquid Solana in the Company’s treasury. Since this Locked Solana could create significant delays if the Company needed liquidity, management monitors the overall percentage of the digital assets that are locked or do not have the normal liquidity as other digital assets.

 

As of June 30, 2026, the Company held 849,124 tokens subject to lock up restrictions. The following table summarizes the unlocking schedule of these Solana tokens:

 

June 30, 2027

 

 

573,114

 

June 30, 2028

 

 

276,010

 

Total

 

 

849,124

 

 

The Company’s Staking Program involves the temporary loss of the ability to transfer, assign a new validator or otherwise dispose of the SOL. Under normal conditions, the Company will regain complete control over its unstaked SOL within two days of initiating the unstaking. However, there can be no guarantee that such process will result in the Company regaining complete control of its SOL in time to satisfy its current obligations. We maintain a certain amount of liquid SOL in the treasury and a certain amount of cash to ensure that the Company is able to satisfy its current obligations. 

 

We estimate that we will have sufficient working capital to fund our operations over the twelve months following the date of the issuance of these consolidated financial statements and meet all of our debt obligations. 

 

 
38

Table of Contents

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

The Company has no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on its financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to stockholders.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

Preparation of financial statements requires the application of accounting policies, judgments, assumptions and estimates that can significantly affect the reported results of operations, cash flows or the amounts of assets and liabilities recognized in the financial statements. Judgments made include those related to accounting for revenue recognition and realizability of deferred tax assets.

 

Management discusses these policies, estimates and assumptions with senior members of management on a regular basis and provides periodic updates on management decisions to the Audit Committee. Management believes the areas described below require significant judgment in the application of accounting policy or in making estimates and assumptions that are inherently uncertain and that may change in subsequent periods.

 

For further information, see Note 2, Significant Accounting Policies, to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Revenue Recognition - In accordance with ASC No. 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, the Company recognizes revenue when we satisfy performance obligations as evidenced by the transfer of control of our products or services to customers. In general, the Company generates revenue from product sales, either directly to customers or to distributors. In determining whether a contract exists, we evaluate the terms of the agreement, the relationship with the customer or distributor and their ability to pay.

 

The Company recognizes revenue from sales of our products, including sales to our distributors, at a point in time, generally upon shipment or delivery to the customer or distributor, depending upon the terms of the sales order. Control is considered transferred when title and risk of loss pass, when the customer becomes obligated to pay and, where applicable, when the customer has accepted the products or upon expiration of the acceptance period. For sales to distributors, payment is due on our standard commercial terms and is not contingent upon the distributors’ resale of the products.

 

Shipping and handling fees billed to customers are included in revenue. Shipping and handling fees associated with inbound freight are generally included in cost of revenue.

 

Our business is subject to contingencies related to customer orders, including:

 

Right of Return:

 

A large portion of our revenue comes from the sale of consumable products, which are sold in high-volume and low quantities, and are generally maintained at stock levels of less than ninety days in our facility. Customer returns have historically represented a very small percentage of sales on an annual basis. Other product sales relate to some pet products, including small mechanical devices.

 

Warranties:

 

The Company does not accept sales returns from wholesale customers, as the products are pre-approved prior to production and shipment. E-Commerce product returns must be completed within 45 days of the date of purchase. The Company accrues an allowance for refunds, returned deposits and discounts given by customer services post shipment of the product based on historical experience and management’s estimate of future expenses, including replacement, freight charges and other fulfilment expenses.

 

 
39

Table of Contents

 

Staking Revenue:

 

The recognition of staking revenue from delegated digital assets represents a critical accounting estimate due to the complexity and evolving nature of blockchain protocols and regulatory guidance. As a delegator, the Company earns staking rewards by participating in proof-of-stake networks through third-party validators, without directly operating the nodes. Revenue is recognized when control of the staking rewards is obtained, typically upon receipt into the company’s wallet, and measured at fair value using quoted market prices at the time of receipt. Management must assess the reliability of validator performance, the timing and frequency of reward distributions, and potential slashing risks that could impact future earnings. Additionally, the company evaluates whether staking rewards meet the criteria for revenue recognition under applicable accounting standards, including considerations of principal versus agent relationships. Changes in protocol rules, validator reliability, or regulatory developments may materially affect the timing and amount of staking revenue recognized.

 

Income taxes - The assessment of the realizability of deferred tax assets is a critical accounting estimate that requires significant judgment and evaluation of both positive and negative evidence. Deferred tax assets arise primarily from temporary differences, net operating losses, and tax credit carryforwards, and their recoverability depends on the company’s ability to generate sufficient future taxable income. Management must consider all available information, including historical earnings, projected future income, tax planning strategies, and the expiration dates of carryforwards. If it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized, a valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the asset to the amount expected to be recoverable. Changes in assumptions or actual results that differ from expectations may result in significant adjustments to the valuation allowance and income tax expense.

 

Convertible debt - The accounting for the Company’s convertible debt instruments requires significant judgment because the instruments include nonstandard settlement terms involving SOL and fixed-price conversion features. The Company accounts for convertible debt as a single unit of account unless an embedded feature requires bifurcation from the debt host and separate accounting as a derivative liability under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, or other applicable accounting guidance requires separate recognition. In evaluating these instruments, management assesses the contractual terms to determine whether the obligation to deliver SOL upon nonconversion represents an embedded feature requiring separate accounting, including whether the feature is clearly and closely related to the debt host and whether it meets the definition of a derivative. This assessment includes judgment regarding whether the applicable quantity of SOL is readily convertible to cash, taking into account the contractual settlement quantity, market liquidity, potential price impact, and restrictions that may limit the prompt transfer or sale of SOL. Management also evaluates whether the fixed-price conversion feature qualifies for the scope exception for contracts involving the Company’s own equity, including whether the feature is indexed to the Company’s own stock and would be classified in stockholders’ equity if it were a freestanding instrument. Changes in the contractual terms of the notes, the availability or transferability of SOL, market conditions, or the facts and circumstances supporting management’s judgments could affect the accounting for these instruments, including whether a separate derivative liability and related fair value remeasurement would be required. See Note 2, Significant Accounting Policies, and Note 10, Short-Term Treasury Debt, Cygnet Subsidiary Notes Payable, Promissory Notes, and Convertible Notes, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

Refer to Note 2, Significant Accounting Policies, to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for recently adopted accounting pronouncements and recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted as of this date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Reverse Stock Split

 

On September 18, 2024, we filed a Certificate of Change with the Nevada Secretary of State to effect a reverse stock split of our common stock at a rate of 1-for-20 (the "Reverse Stock Split"), which became effective as of October 3, 2024 (the "Effective Date"). The Reverse Stock Split was approved by the board of directors in accordance with Nevada law. The Reverse Stock Split did not have any impact on the par value of common stock.

 

On the Effective Date, every twenty shares of common stock issued and outstanding were automatically combined into one share of common stock, without any change in the par value per share. As the per-share par value did not change, we reclassified $19,860 from common stock to Additional Paid-in-Capital on the Effective Date. The exercise prices and the number of shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options, equity awards and warrants, and the number of shares available for future issuance under the equity incentive plans were adjusted in accordance with their respective terms. The Reverse Stock Split affected all stockholders uniformly and did not alter any stockholder’s percentage interest in our common stock. We did not issue any fractional shares in connection with the Reverse Stock Split. Instead, fractional shares were initially rounded up to the next largest whole number, resulting in the issuance of 8 shares on October 3, 2024 the Effective Date and an additional issuance of 38 shares on October 8, 2024. On October 10, 2024, the transfer agent received additional requests to issue a total of 202,183 shares of common stock for round up of fractional shares. These shares were issued on October 23, 2024 and on October 30, 2024 we were notified that the shares were returned to the Company’s transfer agent. Although the Company did receive the common stock back after issuance, the potential dilution remains a risk, and is the subject of a complaint filed by the Company in the United States District Court for the District of Nevada with the purpose of eliminating any said risk. The Reverse Stock Split did not modify the relative rights or preferences of the common stock.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, all issued and outstanding shares of common stock and all outstanding securities entitling their holders to purchase shares of our common stock or acquire shares of our common stock, including stock options, restricted stock units, and warrants per share data, share prices and exercise prices, as required by the terms of those securities, have been adjusted retroactively to reflect the Reverse Stock Split.

 

On October 17, 2024, Company received written notice (the “Compliance Notice”) from The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”) informing the Company that it had regained compliance with Nasdaq Listing Rule 5550(a)(2), which requires that companies listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market maintain a minimum bid price of $1.00 per share. Nasdaq notified the Company in the Compliance Notice that, from October 3, 2024 to October 16, 2024, the closing bid price of the Company’s common stock had been $1.00 per share or greater and, accordingly, the Company had regained compliance with Nasdaq Listing Rule 5550(a)(2) and that the matter was now closed.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

As a “smaller reporting company”, the Company is not required to provide the information required by this Item.

 

 
40

Table of Contents

 

Item 8. Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

UPEXI INC.

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2026 AND 2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm PCAOB ID 1808

 

F-1

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

F-2

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

F-3

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

 

F-4

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

F-5

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-6

 

 

 
41

Table of Contents

 

upxi_10kimg2.jpg

 

Board of Directors and Shareholders

Upexi, Inc.

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Upexi, Inc. (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2026 and 2025, the related consolidated financial statements of operations, stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2026 and 2025, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Critical Audit Matter

 

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

 

Convertible Debt Transactions

 

As described in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements, during the year ended June 30, 2026, the Company issued approximately $187.1 million of convertible notes. The notes were issued in exchange for Solana (“SOL”) digital assets, bear contractual interest at rates ranging from 1% to 2%, and are convertible at the option of the holders into shares of the Company’s common stock at fixed conversion prices. If the notes are not converted, the Company is required to settle the outstanding principal by delivering the applicable pro rata quantity of SOL originally received in connection with issuance of the notes. The Company accounts for the convertible notes as a single debt instrument measured at amortized cost and concluded that no embedded features required bifurcation and separate accounting as derivative liabilities. In reaching that conclusion, the Company determined that the SOL repayment feature did not meet the definition of a derivative because the SOL deliverable was not readily convertible to cash, and that the conversion features qualified for the scope exception for contracts involving the Company’s own equity.

 

We identified the accounting for the convertible notes, including management’s assessment of the embedded SOL repayment feature and embedded conversion feature, as a critical audit matter. The principal considerations that led us to determine that this matter is a critical audit matter were the significant amount of the convertible notes, the unusual and complex settlement terms involving digital assets, and the significant judgment required to evaluate the embedded features under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging. In particular, auditing management’s conclusion required significant auditor judgment in assessing:

 

 

·

Whether the contractual obligation to deliver a specified quantity of SOL upon nonconversion represented an embedded feature of the debt host and, if so, whether its economic characteristics and risks were clearly and closely related to the debt host;

 

 

 

 

·

Whether the SOL repayment feature met the definition of a derivative, including whether gross physical delivery of SOL provided a net-settlement characteristic because the applicable SOL quantity was readily convertible to cash;

 

 

 

 

·

The contractually deliverable quantity of SOL to use in the readily-convertible-to-cash assessment for each settlement feature, including the effect of partial conversion rights, unredeemed principal balances, and restrictions that could limit the prompt transfer or sale of SOL; and

 

 

 

 

·

Whether the fixed-price conversion feature was indexed to the Company’s own stock and would qualify for equity classification if freestanding, including the effect of the settlement, authorized-share, registration-rights, and change-in-control provisions.

 

How We Addressed the Matter

 

Our audit procedures related to the evaluation of the Company’s accounting for these instruments included the following, among others:

 

 

·

We obtained and read the executed convertible note agreements to identify the terms and conditions relevant to whether embedded features required bifurcation and separate derivative accounting.

 

 

 

 

·

We evaluated management’s analysis of whether the SOL settlement obligation was readily convertible to cash, including the relevance of market-price and trading-volume data, executable market liquidity for the applicable settlement quantity, and restrictions affecting the availability or transferability of SOL.

 

 

 

 

·

We evaluated management’s determination of the appropriate unit of account by comparing the SOL quantities assessed with the contractual conversion, maturity, acceleration, and redemption provisions, including the effect of principal conversions, repayments, and retirements.

 

 

 

 

·

We evaluated management’s conclusion that the fixed-price conversion features qualified for the own-equity scope exception, including consideration of the conversion terms, potential cash-settlement provisions, and the availability of authorized and unissued common shares for settlement.

 

/s/ GBQ Partners LLC

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2024.

Columbus, Ohio

September 17, 2026

 

 
F-1

Table of Contents

 

UPEXI, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$ 5,778,586

 

 

$ 2,975,150

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

97,244

 

 

 

157,515

 

Inventory, net

 

 

265,961

 

 

 

1,152,870

 

Due from VitaMedica transition

 

 

10,766

 

 

 

228,017

 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

988,542

 

 

 

350,836

 

Current digital assets at fair value

 

 

109,625,166

 

 

 

49,913,655

 

Purchase price receivable - VitaMedica

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,000,000

 

Total current assets

 

 

116,766,265

 

 

 

56,778,043

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

208,044

 

 

 

2,052,573

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

86,353

 

 

 

163,113

 

Goodwill

 

 

673,854

 

 

 

848,854

 

Deferred tax asset

 

 

5,948,858

 

 

 

5,948,858

 

Digital assets at fair value, net of current

 

 

55,675,516

 

 

 

56,083,525

 

Other assets

 

 

163,223

 

 

 

192,123

 

Right-of-use asset, net

 

 

598,678

 

 

 

1,739,755

 

Total noncurrent assets

 

 

63,354,526

 

 

 

67,028,801

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$ 180,120,791

 

 

$ 123,806,844

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$ 277,644

 

 

$ 1,039,370

 

Accrued compensation

 

 

5,277,309

 

 

 

3,470,296

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

4,519

 

 

 

13,155

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

1,675,521

 

 

 

356,064

 

Accrued interest

 

 

2,349,162

 

 

 

792,449

 

Acquisition payable

 

 

260,652

 

 

 

260,652

 

Current portion of promissory notes

 

 

-

 

 

 

560,000

 

Short-term treasury debt

 

 

57,295,723

 

 

 

20,000,000

 

Current portion of Cygnet subsidiary notes payable

 

 

3,694,721

 

 

 

5,380,910

 

Current portion of operating lease payable

 

 

295,167

 

 

 

691,010

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

71,130,418

 

 

 

32,563,906

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease payable, net of current portion

 

 

362,235

 

 

 

1,145,440

 

Convertible notes payable

 

 

162,442,056

 

 

 

-

 

Total long-term liabilities

 

 

162,804,291

 

 

 

1,145,440

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.00001 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, and 150,000 shares issued and outstanding

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

Common stock, $0.00001 par value, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 78,702,358 and 38,270,571 shares issued and outstanding, as of June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025, respectively

 

 

787

 

 

 

383

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

252,793,813

 

 

 

150,640,935

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(306,608,520 )

 

 

(60,543,822 )

Total stockholders' equity

 

 

(53,813,918 )

 

 

90,097,498

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

 

$ 180,120,791

 

 

$ 123,806,844

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 
F-2

Table of Contents

 

UPEXI, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

 

 

Year Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$ 7,568,822

 

 

$ 14,826,336

 

Digital asset revenue

 

 

17,429,206

 

 

 

985,009

 

Total revenue

 

 

24,998,028

 

 

 

15,811,345

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

2,630,320

 

 

 

4,943,305

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

 

 

22,367,708

 

 

 

10,868,040

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

2,898,473

 

 

 

4,001,094

 

Distribution costs

 

 

2,627,626

 

 

 

4,691,964

 

General and administrative

 

 

26,398,877

 

 

 

11,935,582

 

Unrealized loss (gain) on digital assets

 

 

195,059,336

 

 

 

(105,474 )

Realized loss on digital asset revenue conversion to USD

 

 

4,931,791

 

 

 

-

 

Realized loss on sale of digital assets

 

 

6,773,418

 

 

 

-

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

21,895,814

 

 

 

2,356,862

 

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

 

 

76,760

 

 

 

76,758

 

Impairment on assets from manufacturing shut down

 

 

1,422,289

 

 

 

-

 

Impairment on acquired intangible assets

 

 

750,000

 

 

 

-

 

Depreciation

 

 

379,489

 

 

 

681,000

 

Lease Impairment (gain on settlement), Delray Beach facility

 

 

-

 

 

 

(269,994 )

 

 

 

263,213,873

 

 

 

23,367,792

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(240,846,165 )

 

 

(12,499,752 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other expense, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

(13,561,210 )

 

 

(1,173,714 )

Gain on extinguishment of debt

 

 

10,288,342

 

 

 

-

 

Other expense, net

 

 

(1,945,665 )

 

 

(10,743 )

Other expense, net

 

 

(5,218,533 )

 

 

(1,184,457 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss on operations before income tax

 

 

(246,064,698 )

 

 

(13,684,209 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$ (246,064,698 )

 

$ (13,684,209 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic loss per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss per share

 

$ (3.87 )

 

$ (1.73 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted loss per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss per share

 

$ (3.87 )

 

$ (1.73 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

63,539,613

 

 

 

7,914,268

 

Fully diluted weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

63,539,613

 

 

 

7,914,268

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 
F-3

Table of Contents

 

UPEXI, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY

 

 

 

Preferred Stock

 

 

Preferred Stock

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Additional Paid

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Total

Stockholders'

 

 

 

Shares*

 

 

Par* **

 

 

Shares*

 

 

Par * **

 

 

In Capital

 

 

Deficit

 

 

Equity

 

FY 2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2024

 

 

25,000

 

 

$ 1

 

 

 

1,045,429

 

 

$ 11

 

 

$ 53,375,502

 

 

$ (46,859,613)

 

$ 6,515,901

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,106,862

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,106,862

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of preferred series A stock

 

 

125,000

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

324,999

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

325,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of stock for the conversion of debt

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

742,896

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

1,749,993

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,750,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capitalized interest related to convertible debt

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

27,891

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

27,891

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of stock for the exercise of warrant on convertible debt

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

83,334

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

249,999

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

250,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of stock for the cashless exercise of options

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

7,278

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of stock for vested restricted stock grants

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

102,583

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(1)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of stock for services

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

19,577

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

249,999

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

250,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of stock for the exercise of cashless warrants

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

299,091

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

(3)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

35,970,383

 

 

 

359

 

 

 

92,555,694

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

92,556,053

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(13,684,209)

 

 

(13,684,209)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2025

 

 

150,000

 

 

$ 2

 

 

 

38,270,571

 

 

$ 383

 

 

$ 150,640,935

 

 

$ (60,543,822)

 

$ 90,097,498

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

21,895,814

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

21,895,814

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of stock for the exercise of warrants

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

8,600,952

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

107,803

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

107,889

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of vested stock from equity incentive plans

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

533,665

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

(5)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

28,665,219

 

 

 

287

 

 

 

70,638,129

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

70,638,416

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of stock for conversion of debt

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

5,526,238

 

 

 

55

 

 

 

12,285,067

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

12,285,122

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock repurchases

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2,894,287)

 

 

(29)

 

 

(2,773,930)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2,773,959)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(246,064,698)

 

 

(246,064,698)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2026

 

 

150,000

 

 

$ 2

 

 

 

78,702,358

 

 

$ 787

 

 

$ 252,793,813

 

 

$ (306,608,520)

 

$ (53,813,918)

 

* Common stock has been restated to reflect the 1 for 20 reverse split

** Common stock par value has been adjusted to $0.00001

  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 
F-4

Table of Contents

 

UPEXI, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

 

Year Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$ (246,064,698 )

 

$ (13,684,209 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

456,249

 

 

 

757,758

 

Unrealized loss (gain) on digital assets

 

 

195,059,336

 

 

 

(101,332 )

Realized loss on sale of digital assets

 

 

6,773,418

 

 

 

-

 

Digital asset revenue

 

 

(17,429,206 )

 

 

(985,009 )

Digital asset revenue conversion to USD

 

 

13,192,785

 

 

 

-

 

Realized loss on digital asset revenue conversion to USD

 

 

4,931,791

 

 

 

-

 

Amortization of loan costs

 

 

3,655,535

 

 

 

30,462

 

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

 

 

237,727

 

 

 

10,743

 

Gain on extinguishment of debt

 

 

(10,288,342 )

 

 

-

 

Inventory write-off

 

 

-

 

 

 

748,874

 

Bad debt reserve for Amazon receivable

 

 

-

 

 

 

933,950

 

Reduction of acquisition payable

 

 

-

 

 

 

(152,500 )

Lease impairment (gain on settlement)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(269,994 )

Impairment on assets from manufacturing shut down

 

 

1,422,289

 

 

 

-

 

Impairment on acquired intangible assets

 

 

750,000

 

 

 

-

 

Issuance of stock for services

 

 

-

 

 

 

250,000

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

21,895,814

 

 

 

2,106,862

 

Changes in assets and liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

60,271

 

 

 

(484,580 )

Inventory

 

 

886,909

 

 

 

(470,188 )

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

(411,616 )

 

 

222,005

 

Operating lease payable

 

 

(26,667 )

 

 

20,965

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

 

3,950,834

 

 

 

2,865,251

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

(8,636 )

 

 

(222,100 )

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(20,956,207 )

 

 

(8,423,042 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from the sale of building

 

 

-

 

 

 

4,005,516

 

Proceeds from the sale of E-core

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,000,000

 

Proceeds from the sale of MW Products assets

 

 

175,000

 

 

 

-

 

Proceeds from the sale of VitaMedica, Inc.

 

 

2,000,000

 

 

 

-

 

Acquisition of digital assets

 

 

(40,035,365 )

 

 

(104,910,839 )

Proceeds from the sale of digital assets

 

 

8,030,606

 

 

 

-

 

Acquisition of royalty interest

 

 

(750,000 )

 

 

-

 

Acquisition of property and equipment

 

 

(44,002 )

 

 

(387,760 )

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(30,623,761 )

 

 

(99,293,083 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

 

75,158,289

 

 

 

92,556,053

 

Issuance of preferred stock series A

 

 

-

 

 

 

325,000

 

Proceeds from exercise of warrants

 

 

107,889

 

 

 

250,000

 

Repurchases of common stock

 

 

(2,773,959 )

 

 

-

 

Proceeds from short-term treasury debt

 

 

5,000,000

 

 

 

-

 

Repayment of short-term treasury debt

 

 

(10,400,000 )

 

 

-

 

Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes

 

 

-

 

 

 

350,000

 

Repayment of promissory notes

 

 

(560,000 )

 

 

-

 

Proceeds from related party advance

 

 

-

 

 

 

75,000

 

Repayment of related party advance

 

 

-

 

 

 

(175,000 )

Payments of equity issuance costs

 

 

(4,519,873 )

 

 

-

 

Payments of debt issuance costs

 

 

(7,628,942 )

 

 

-

 

Payment on acquisition notes payable

 

 

-

 

 

 

(66,655 )

Payment on convertible note

 

 

-

 

 

 

(150,000 )

Proceeds from issuance of short-term debt

 

 

-

 

 

 

20,000,000

 

Repayment of related party note payable

 

 

-

 

 

 

(500,000 )

Repayment on note payable on building

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2,634,538 )

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

54,383,404

 

 

 

110,029,860

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase in cash

 

 

2,803,436

 

 

 

2,313,735

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash, beginning of period

 

 

2,975,150

 

 

 

661,415

 

Cash, end of period

 

$ 5,778,586

 

 

$ 2,975,150

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$ 8,372,056

 

 

$ 805,880

 

Income tax paid

 

 

11,313

 

 

 

-

 

Non-cash Investing and Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock for the repayment of convertible notes payable

 

$ 12,285,122

 

 

$ 1,750,000

 

Issuance of convertible debt for digital assets acquired

 

 

187,131,144

 

 

 

-

 

Issuance of short-term debt for digital assets acquired

 

 

42,695,723

 

 

 

-

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 
F-5

Table of Contents

 

Upexi, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2026 and 2025

 

Note 1. Company Information and Basis of Presentation

 

Nature of Operations

 

Upexi, Inc., is a Delaware corporation, originally formed as a Nevada corporation in 2018. The Company conducts its operations through its subsidiaries, which may change from time to time as a result of acquisitions, dispositions, and other corporate activities. We are in the cryptocurrency industry and the management of cash assets through a cryptocurrency portfolio, primarily focused on Solana tokens and staking of those tokens. We continue to be a brand owner specializing in the development, manufacturing, and distribution of consumer products.

 

Solana Treasury Strategy. We diversified into the cryptocurrency industry and cash management of assets through a cryptocurrency portfolio, primarily focused on Solana tokens and staking of those tokens. Early in 2025, we updated and modified our cash management and treasury strategy to include holding digital currency assets directly on our balance sheet. This was a shift from holding excess cash primarily in FDIC-insured interest-bearing accounts. We adopted this strategy to obtain the highest yield on excess cash. Under our new approach, our treasury policy focuses primarily on Solana (“SOL”), an asset that is considered early in its lifecycle, with respect to both development and usage, as well as institutional adoption. This strategy involves applying a public-market treasury model similar to what has been done with Bitcoin. Management will focus its resources to this digital asset strategy, and a significant portion of the balance sheet will be the Company’s Solana digital asset treasury. Currently, our treasury is exclusively dedicated to the SOL digital asset and we do not intend to dedicate any of the treasury allocated capital to other digital assets.

 

Our consumer products are distributed in the United States of America and internationally through multiple entities and managed through our locations in Florida.

 

Upexi operates from our corporate location in Tampa, Florida, where direct to consumer, wholesale and Amazon sales are driven by on-site and remote teams for all brands. The Tampa location also supports all the other locations with accounting, corporate oversight, day-to-day finances, business development and operational management operating from this location. 

 

MW Products operates from our corporate headquarters, managing direct to consumer, wholesale and Amazon sales for multiple brands and develops new products through our research and development team in Henderson, Nevada and distributes products through our Tampa, Florida warehouse.

 

LuckyTail operates from our Tampa, Florida warehouse with sales and marketing driven by on-site and remote teams that operate the Amazon sales strategy and daily business operations.

 

HAVZ, LLC, d/b/a Steam Wholesale operates manufacturing and/or distribution centers in Odessa, Florida, supporting our health and wellness products, including those products manufactured with hemp ingredients and our overall distribution operations. During December 2025, the Company decided on a course of action to exit certain manufacturing and distribution operations (see Note 17).

 

Upexi Distribution operates from our Tampa, Florida warehouse providing warehousing, distribution and other services in support of our product sales.

 

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

 

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

 

All significant intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation.

 

 
F-6

Table of Contents

 

Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies

 

The significant accounting policies followed are:

 

Use of Estimates - The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Significant estimates underlying the Company’s reported financial position and results of operations include the allowance for credit losses, useful lives of property and equipment, impairment of long-lived assets, inventory valuation, fair value of stock-based compensation, fair value of digital assets, fair value of the Phantom Stock Unit compensation, and valuation allowance on deferred tax assets.

 

Cash - The Company considers all highly liquid investment instruments with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash is maintained at financial institutions and at times, balances may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has never experienced any losses related to these balances.

 

Accounts Receivable - Accounts receivable are uncollateralized customer obligations due under normal trade terms requiring payment within a specified time from the invoice date. The trade terms vary based on the customer and typically range from prepaid to 45 days from the invoice date. Interest is not charged by the Company on past due accounts. The carrying amount of receivables is reduced by an allowance for expected credit losses, as necessary, that reflects management’s best estimate of the amount that will not be collected. This estimation takes into consideration historical experience, current conditions and as applicable, reasonable supportable forecasts. Actual results could vary from the estimate. Accounts are charged against the allowance when management deems them to be uncollectible. The net accounts receivable balances were $97,244, $157,515, and $606,885 at June 30, 2026, 2025, and 2024, respectively. Based on management’s review of accounts receivable, the allowance for credit losses was approximately $29,341, $636,600, and $61,800 at June 30, 2026, 2025, and 2024, respectively. The Company had bad debt expenses of $18,405, $933,950 and $24,500 for the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025, and 2024, respectively. The Company wrote off approximately $625,664 and $359,000 of accounts receivable balances for the years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively. No such accounts receivable amounts were written off in the year ended June 30, 2024.

 

Inventory - The Company reviews the inventory level of all products and raw materials quarterly. For most products that have been in the market for one year or more, we consider inventory levels of greater than one year’s sales to be excess or other items that show slower than projected sales. Products that are no longer part of the current product offering are considered obsolete. The potential for re-sale of slow-moving and obsolete inventories is based upon our assumptions about future demand and market conditions. The recorded cost of obsolete inventories is then reduced to zero. The slow-moving and obsolete inventory is written off and recorded as charges to cost of goods sold. All adjustments for obsolete inventory establish a new cost basis for that inventory as we believe such reductions are permanent declines in the market price of our products. Generally, obsolete inventory is sold to companies that specialize in the liquidation, while we continue to market slow-moving inventories until they are sold or become obsolete.

 

Inventory consists of raw materials and finished goods and is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined by the weighted average moving cost inventory method. Net realizable value is determined, with appropriate consideration given to obsolescence, excessive levels, deterioration, and other factors.

 

Digital Assets - Pursuant to Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2023-08, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other — Crypto Assets: Accounting for and Disclosure of Crypto Assets, codified into ASC subtopic 350-60, in-scope crypto assets are required to be measured at fair value in the statement of financial position, with gains and losses from changes in the fair value of such crypto assets recognized in net income each reporting period. ASU 2023-08 also requires certain interim and annual disclosures for crypto assets within the scope of the standard.

 

 
F-7

Table of Contents

 

 

 

The Company measures its SOL holdings at fair value in accordance with ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement, using unadjusted quoted prices in an active market for identical assets that the Company can access at the measurement date. The Company evaluates the principal market for SOL based on the market with the greatest volume and level of activity that is accessible to the Company. Accordingly, the Company classifies the fair value measurement of its SOL holdings within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. CoinMarketCap is used as a market-data provider to monitor and corroborate pricing information; it is not considered a principal market or trading venue.

 

Property and Equipment - Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets ranging from 3 to 20 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives of 5 years or the related lease term. Gains and losses upon disposition are reflected in the Statements of Operations in the period of disposition. Maintenance and repair expenditures are charged to expense as incurred.

 

Goodwill - The Company evaluates its goodwill for possible impairment, simplifying the test for goodwill impairment at least annually and when one or more triggering events or circumstances indicate that the goodwill might be impaired. Under this guidance, annual or interim goodwill impairment testing is performed by comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, not to exceed the carrying value of goodwill.

 

The Company performed its annual test as of June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively. There was no impairment as of June 30, 2026 and 2025.

 

For the year ended June 30, 2026, as a result of the Company’s disposition of certain assets associated with Moonwlkr, the Company recorded a disposal on goodwill, which decreased goodwill by $175,000.

 

Impairment of Long-lived Assets - Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the book value of the asset may not be recoverable. The Company periodically evaluates whether events and circumstances have occurred that indicate possible impairment. When impairment indicators exist, the Company estimates the future undiscounted net cash flows of the related asset or asset group over the remaining life in measuring whether or not the asset values are recoverable.

 

During the year ended June 30, 2026, as a result of the Company’s course of action to shut down manufacturing and distribution centers, a loss on disposal of $1,422,289 was recognized within Impairment on assets from manufacturing shut down within the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company did not recognize impairment on its long-lived assets during the year ended June 30, 2025.

 

Revenue Recognition - In accordance with ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, the Company recognizes revenue when we satisfy performance obligations as evidenced by the transfer of control of our products or services to customers. In general, the Company generates revenue from product sales, either directly to customers or to distributors. In determining whether a contract exists, we evaluate the terms of the agreement, the relationship with the customer or distributor and their ability to pay.

 

The Company recognizes revenue from sales of our products, including sales to our distributors, at a point in time, generally upon shipment or delivery to the customer or distributor, depending upon the terms of the sales order. Control is considered transferred when title and risk of loss pass, when the customer becomes obligated to pay and, where applicable, when the customer has accepted the products or upon expiration of the acceptance period. For sales to distributors, payment is due on our standard commercial terms and is not contingent upon the distributors’ resale of the products.

 

Shipping and handling fees billed to customers are included in revenue. Shipping and handling fees associated with inbound freight are generally included in cost of revenue.

 

 
F-8

Table of Contents

 

 

 

Our business is subject to contingencies related to customer orders, including:

 

Right of Return

 

A large portion of our revenue comes from the sale of consumable products, which are sold in high-volume and low quantities, and are generally maintained at stock levels of less than ninety days in our facility. Customer returns have historically represented a very small percentage of sales on an annual basis. Other product sales relate to some pet products, including small mechanical devices.

 

Warranties

 

The Company does not accept sales returns from wholesale customers, as the products are pre-approved prior to production and shipment. E-Commerce product returns must be completed within 45 days of the date of purchase. The Company accrues an allowance for refunds, returned deposits and discounts given by customer services post shipment of the product based on historical experience and management’s estimate of future expenses, including replacement, freight charges and other fulfilment expenses.

 

Conditions of Acceptance

 

Sales of our consumable products and pet products, generally do not have customer acceptance terms.

 

Revenue by Geography and Product Source

 

The following table, which excludes digital asset revenue, discloses disaggregated revenue for the year ended:

 

 

 

Year Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Primary geographical markets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States of America

 

$ 7,361,175

 

 

$ 14,566,766

 

Other

 

 

207,647

 

 

 

259,570

 

Total

 

$ 7,568,822

 

 

$ 14,826,336

 

Product source:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Internally manufactured

 

$ 4,529,886

 

 

$ 9,262,857

 

Contract manufactured

 

 

2,957,210

 

 

 

2,786,828

 

Purchased as finished good

 

 

81,726

 

 

 

2,776,651

 

Total

 

$ 7,568,822

 

 

$ 14,826,336

 

 

Deferred Revenue - The Company records deposits as deferred revenue when a customer pays in advance of shipping the product. Once the product is shipped, the deposit is recorded as revenue and the related commissions are paid. All products were shipped related to deposits in deferred revenue, in less than one year.

 

We expect to recognize 100% of the deferred revenue at June 30, 2026 as revenue in the year ended June 30, 2027. All of the deferred revenue at June 30, 2025 was recognized to revenue in the year ended June 30, 2026.

 

Digital Assets Revenue, Realized and Unrealized Gains and Losses

 

Acquisition of Solana tokens

 

We acquire liquid Solana tokens through purchases. In the case of liquid bulk purchases, we recognize for cost basis as the actual price paid. In the case of liquid VWAP (volume-weighted average price) or TWAP (time-weighted average price) over multiple hours or days, we recognize the cost basis as the average price paid for all tokens purchased.

 

The Company is able to acquire Solana tokens that are locked through direct negotiations with the owner or a third party at a discounted price from the Solana market value price. These locked tokens will unlock over a period of time and once unlocked can be sold on several Solana exchanges. With the purchase of locked Solana, we recognize the cost basis as the actual price paid. The Company purchases locked SOL on the open market at negotiated discounts to the prevailing spot price. The original purchase discount is amortized over the unlocking period. The unlocking of the purchased Solana occurs over a series of dates as prescribed by the purchase agreement. At the time of unlocking, tokens can remain in the original wallet or be transferred into the wallet at our custodian or sold on an open exchange. Once the Solana is unlocked, the fair value is measured at the end of the period at the market value without a discount.

 

 
F-9

Table of Contents

 

 

 

Remeasurement on a recurring basis

 

Subsequent to the acquisitions of Solana tokens, remeasurement of change in fair value is done by taking the spot price from CoinMarketCap at the end of a month. Our tokens are bifurcated between liquid and locked tokens. In the case of liquid tokens, the aggregate fair value is computed by taking the number of liquid tokens and multiplying that number by the month-end spot price. The Company purchases locked SOL on the open market at negotiated discounts to the prevailing spot price. The original purchase discount is amortized over the unlocking period. As locked tokens become unlocked over time, they will be added to the count of liquid tokens and accordingly, make up less of that discount percentage over time when computing aggregate fair value on locked tokens. The discount used by management is based on the historical purchases of locked Solana management has made on behalf of the Company. Management monitors this discount percentage and adjusts when appropriate.

 

Per ASC 350-60-45-2, gains and losses from the remeasurement of crypto assets shall be included in net income and presented separately from changes in the carrying value of other intangible assets. Pursuant to this guidance, changes in fair value are reflected on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The fair value of the Company's digital assets is measured at each reporting date as the quantity of tokens held multiplied by the quoted price of SOL in its principal market at that date, adjusted for the effect of contractual transfer restrictions on locked tokens. The amount of gains and losses recognized for the period is the difference between that fair value and the carrying amount of the digital assets at the end of the immediately preceding reporting period, or their cost basis for digital assets acquired during the period.

 

Staking revenue

 

We earn staking rewards by delegating our digital assets to third-party validators on proof-of-stake blockchain networks. These tokens remain under the Company’s control and are not derecognized, as the delegation does not constitute a transfer of control under ASC 610-20 or ASC 350-60. Rewards are recognized as income when the Company obtains control of the new tokens, typically upon receipt into its wallet. While there is no explicit guidance under GAAP for staking activities, the Company applies the principles of ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, by analogy. Management evaluates whether a contract exists, identifies the performance obligations, and determines whether the Company acts as a principal or agent in the transaction. The transaction price is measured at the fair value of the digital assets received at the time control is obtained. Due to the evolving nature of blockchain protocols and limited regulatory guidance, management exercises significant judgment in evaluating validator reliability and the risk of slashing or forfeiture. Changes in protocol rules or accounting interpretations may materially impact how staking revenue is recognized and measured. Solana tokens held by the Company, whether liquid or locked, are eligible for staking. Staking revenue is calculated based on the number of tokens earned and the month-end spot price. This revenue is reported on the Consolidated Statements of Operations under the line item Digital asset revenue. Changes in fair market value of the staking revenue after the initial digital asset revenue is recognized are reflected on the Consolidated Statements of Operations as Realized and unrealized (gain) loss on digital assets, or Unrealized (gain) loss on digital assets, if there were no realized sales in the period.

 

Realized gains and losses on digital assets

 

To the extent staking rewards are converted into U.S. dollars, realized gains and losses are recognized for the difference between the proceeds received and the carrying value of the digital assets at the time of conversion. These amounts are presented within operating expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as realized gain (loss) on digital asset revenue conversion to USD.

 

To the extent digital assets are sold, realized gains and losses are recognized for the difference between the proceeds received and the carrying value of the digital assets at the time of sale. These amounts are presented within operating expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as realized gain (loss) on sale of digital assets.

 

 
F-10

Table of Contents

 

 

Advertising - The Company supports its products with advertising to build brand awareness of the Company’s various products in addition to other marketing programs executed by the Company’s marketing team. The Company believes continual investment in advertising is critical to the development and sale of its branded products. Advertising costs of $1,753,191 and $1,830,096 were expensed as incurred during the years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively.

 

Stock-Based Compensation - The Company recognizes all stock-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options and grants of restricted shares as compensation expense in the consolidated financial statements based on their fair values. That expense will be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the award, known as the requisite service period (usually the vesting period) or immediately if the stock-based payments vest immediately.

 

Non-Employee Stock-Based Payments - The Company’s accounting policy for equity instruments issued to consultants and vendors in exchange for goods and services follows ASC 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation, which applies to all stock-based payment transactions in which a grantor acquires goods or services to be used or consumed in a grantor’s own operations by issuing stock-based payment awards. Stock-based payments related to non-employees are accounted for based on the fair value of the related stock or options or the fair value of the services, whichever is more readily determinable. The measurement date for the fair value of the equity instruments issued is determined at the earlier of (i) the date at which a commitment for performance by the consultant or vendor is reached or (ii) the date at which the consultant or vendor’s performance is complete. In the case of equity instruments issued to consultants, the fair value of the equity instrument is recognized over the term of the consulting agreement.

 

Fair Value Measurements - The Company accounts for financial instruments in accordance with ASC 820. ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. ASC 820 defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. ASC 820 also establishes a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between (1) market participant assumptions developed based on market data obtained from independent sources (observable inputs) and (2) an entity’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions developed based on the best information available in the circumstances (unobservable inputs).

 

The fair value hierarchy consists of three broad levels, which gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

 

 

·

Level 1 - Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.

 

 

 

 

·

Level 2 - Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, including quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (e.g. interest rates); and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

 

 

 

 

·

Level 3 - Inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

 

Liquid Solana tokens are measured at fair value using quoted prices from CoinMarketCap (Level 1 inputs). The fair value of locked tokens is computed by taking the number of locked tokens and discounting the quoted prices from CoinMarketCap. The discount, a Level 2 input, used by management is based on the Company’s historical purchases of locked Solana. Management monitors this discount percentage and adjusts when appropriate.

 

The estimated fair value of certain financial instruments, including cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, deferred revenue and debt are carried at historical cost basis, which approximates their fair values because of the short-term nature of these instruments.

 

 
F-11

Table of Contents

 

 

Leases - The Company determines if a contract contains a lease at inception. A contract contains a lease if it conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. Control is defined as having both the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from use of the asset and the right to direct the use of the asset. Management only reassesses its determination if the terms and conditions of the contract are changed. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded within the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. GAAP requires that the Company’s leases be evaluated and classified as operating or finance leases for financial reporting purposes. The classification evaluation begins at the commencement date and the lease term used in the evaluation includes the non-cancellable period for which the Company has the right to use the underlying asset, together with renewal option periods when the exercise of the renewal option is reasonably certain and failure to exercise such option will result in an economic penalty. All the Company’s real estate leases are classified as operating leases.

 

Most real estate leases include one or more options to renew, with renewal terms that generally can extend the lease term for an additional two years. The exercise of lease renewal options is at the Company’s discretion. The Company evaluates renewal options at lease inception and on an ongoing basis and includes renewal options that it is reasonably certain to exercise in its expected lease terms when classifying leases and measuring lease liabilities. Lease agreements generally do not require material variable lease payments, residual value guarantees or restrictive covenants.

 

The Company’s leases generally do not provide an implicit rate, and therefore the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate when measuring operating lease liabilities. The incremental borrowing rate represents an estimate of the interest rate the Company would incur at lease commencement to borrow an amount equal to the lease payments on a collateralized basis over the term of a lease within a particular currency environment.

 

Income Taxes - Income taxes are provided for the tax effects of transactions reported in the consolidated financial statements and consist of taxes currently due plus deferred taxes resulting from temporary differences. Such temporary differences result from differences in the carrying value of assets and liabilities for tax and financial reporting purposes. The deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the future tax consequences of those differences, which will either be taxable or deductible when the assets and liabilities are recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is provided to reduce the deferred tax assets reported if based on the weight of the available positive and negative evidence, it is more likely than not some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company’s valuation allowance was $79,802,562 and $10,092,765 as of June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively.

 

The Company identifies and evaluates uncertain tax positions, if any, and recognizes the impact of uncertain tax positions for which there is a less than more-likely-than-not probability of the position being upheld when reviewed by the relevant taxing authority. Such positions are deemed to be unrecognized tax benefits and a corresponding liability is established on the balance sheet. The Company has not recognized a liability for uncertain tax positions. If there were an unrecognized tax benefit, the Company would recognize interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and penalties in operating expenses.

 

The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes. Under this method, income tax expense is recognized for the amount of: (i) taxes payable or refundable for the current year and (ii) deferred tax consequences of temporary differences resulting from matters that have been recognized in an entity’s consolidated financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.

 

The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. 

 

ASC Topic 740 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s consolidated financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. ASC Topic 740 provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. The Company had no material uncertain tax positions at June 30, 2026 and 2025.

 

 
F-12

Table of Contents

 

 

 

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted the Tax Act, which made significant changes to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including, but not limited to, reducing the U.S. corporate statutory tax rate and the net operating loss incurred after December 31, 2017 can be carried forward indefinitely and the two year net operating loss carried back was eliminated (prohibited).

 

Reverse Stock Split - On September 18, 2024, we filed a Certificate of Change with the Nevada Secretary of State to effect a reverse stock split of our common stock at a rate of 1-for-20 (the "Reverse Stock Split"), which became effective as of October 3, 2024 (the "Effective Date"). The Reverse Stock Split was approved by the Board of Directors in accordance with Nevada law. The Reverse Stock Split did not have any impact on the par value of common stock.

 

On the Effective Date, every twenty shares of common stock issued and outstanding were automatically combined into one share of common stock, without any change in the par value per share. As the per-share par value did not change, we reclassified $19,860 from common stock to Additional Paid-in-Capital on the Effective Date. The exercise prices and the number of shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options, equity awards and warrants, and the number of shares available for future issuance under the equity incentive plans were adjusted in accordance with their respective terms. The Reverse Stock Split affected all stockholders uniformly and did not alter any stockholder’s percentage interest in our common stock. We did not issue any fractional shares in connection with the Reverse Stock Split. Instead, fractional shares were initially rounded up to the next largest whole number, resulting in the issuance of 8 shares on October 3, 2024, the Effective Date, and an additional issuance of 38 shares on October 8, 2024. On October 10, 2024, the transfer agent received additional requests to issue a total of 202,183 shares of common stock for round up of fractional shares. These shares were issued on October 23, 2024 and on October 30, 2024 we were notified that the shares were returned to the Company’s transfer agent. Although the Company did receive the common stock back after issuance, the potential dilution remains a risk and is the subject of a complaint filed by the Company in the United States District Court for the District of Nevada with the purpose of eliminating any said risk. The Reverse Stock Split did not modify the relative rights or preferences of the common stock.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, all issued and outstanding shares of common stock and all outstanding securities entitling their holders to purchase shares of our common stock or acquire shares of our common stock, including stock options, restricted stock units, and warrants per share data, share prices and exercise prices, as required by the terms of those securities, have been adjusted retroactively to reflect the Reverse Stock Split.

 

Earnings (Loss) Per Share - Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average common shares outstanding for the period. The following table summarizes the computation of basic loss per share for the years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025:

 

 

 

Year Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Basic loss per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$ (246,064,698 )

 

$ (13,684,209 )

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

63,539,613

 

 

 

7,914,268

 

Basic loss per share

 

$ (3.87 )

 

$ (1.73 )

 

Diluted income (loss) per share is computed giving effect to all potentially dilutive common shares. Potentially dilutive common shares may include shares issuable upon the exercise or settlement of stock options, warrants and restricted stock units, and upon the conversion of preferred stock and convertible debt. Potentially dilutive securities that were not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share because their effect would have been antidilutive were as follows:

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options

 

 

664,200

 

 

 

621,353

 

Warrants

 

 

9,794,608

 

 

 

9,738,001

 

Preferred stock

 

 

138,889

 

 

 

138,889

 

Convertible debt

 

 

42,163,222

 

 

 

186,667

 

Restricted stock units

 

 

4,627,252

 

 

 

221,917

 

Total

 

 

57,388,171

 

 

 

10,906,827

 

 

 
F-13

Table of Contents

 

 

 

The dilutive effect of potentially dilutive securities is reflected in diluted earnings per common share by application of the treasury stock method. Under the treasury stock method, an increase in the fair market value of the Company’s common stock can result in a greater dilutive effect from potentially dilutive securities. During the years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, the Company reported a net loss, so the potential effect is not reflected in the consolidated financial statements.

 

Convertible Debt - The Company accounts for its convertible debt instruments in accordance with ASC 470-20, Debt with Conversion and Other Options. Convertible debt instruments are initially accounted for as a single unit of account unless an embedded feature requires bifurcation from the host contract and separate accounting as a derivative pursuant to ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, or the substantial premium model in ASC 470-20 applies. The Company evaluates the terms of each convertible debt instrument at issuance and upon modification or other events requiring reassessment to determine the appropriate classification and accounting.

 

Certain of the Company’s convertible notes include provisions requiring settlement of unconverted principal through the delivery of specified quantities of SOL and fixed-price conversion features. Management evaluates the SOL settlement feature under ASC 815, including whether the feature is clearly and closely related to the debt host and whether it meets the definition of a derivative. This evaluation includes consideration of whether the applicable contractual quantity of SOL is readily convertible to cash, based on the relevant settlement terms, transfer restrictions, market liquidity, expected price impact, and the ability of the market to absorb the applicable quantity without significantly affecting price. Management also evaluates whether conversion features qualify for the ASC 815 scope exception for contracts involving the Company’s own equity, including whether the feature is indexed to the Company’s own stock and would be classified in stockholders’ equity if it were a freestanding instrument.

 

If an embedded feature is bifurcated, the Company initially records the derivative at fair value and subsequently remeasures it at fair value through earnings. If no embedded feature requires bifurcation, the convertible debt is subsequently accounted for in accordance with the terms of the instrument, including recognition of interest expense using the applicable contractual interest rate or effective interest method, as appropriate. For the Company’s existing notes, management concluded that the SOL repayment feature does not require bifurcation because it does not meet the derivative definition, and that the conversion feature qualifies for the own-equity scope exception. 

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements - From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, (“FASB”), or other standard setting bodies and adopted by us as of the specified effective date. Unless otherwise discussed, the impact of recently issued standards that are applicable and not yet effective will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations upon adoption. What follows below are accounting pronouncements adopted or issued but not yet adopted.

 

In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income—Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (“ASU 2024-03”) requires disclosure, in the notes to financial statements, of specified information about certain costs and expenses. The amendments require that at each interim and annual reporting period an entity: (1) disclose the amounts of (a) purchases of inventory, (b) employee compensation, (c) depreciation, (d) intangible asset amortization, and (e) depreciation, depletion, and amortization recognized as part of oil and gas-producing activities (DD&A) (or other amounts of depletion expense) included in each relevant expense caption. A relevant expense caption is an expense caption presented on the face of the income statement within continuing operations that contains any of the expense categories listed in (a)–(e), (2) include certain amounts that are already required to be disclosed under current GAAP in the same disclosure as the other disaggregation requirements, (3) disclose a qualitative description of the amounts remaining in relevant expense captions that are not separately disaggregated quantitatively, and (4) disclose the total amount of selling expenses and, in annual reporting periods, an entity’s definition of selling expenses. An entity is not precluded from providing additional voluntary disclosures that may provide investors with additional decision-useful information. The ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim report periods beginning after December 15, 2027. Early application of the amendment is permitted. The ASU should be applied either (1) prospectively to financial statements issued for reporting periods after the effective date of this ASU or (2) retrospectively to any or all prior periods presented in the financial statements. The Company is evaluating the effect that ASU 2024-03 will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

 

 
F-14

Table of Contents

 

 

 

In July 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-05, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326) Measurement of Credit Losses for Accounts Receivable and Contract Assets which provides for all entities with the option to elect a practical expedient that assumes that current conditions as of the balance sheet date do not change for the remaining life of an asset, with respect to estimates of expected credit losses. This guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2025 and interim periods within those annual reporting periods, with early adoption permitted and application of guidance prospectively. We are currently evaluating the effect of this pronouncement.

 

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures (“ASU 2023-09”). ASU 2023-09 requires enhanced disclosures surrounding income taxes, particularly related to rate reconciliation and income taxes paid information. In particular, on an annual basis, companies are required to disclose specific categories in the rate reconciliation and provide additional information for reconciling items that meet a quantitative threshold. Companies are also required to disclose, on an annual basis, the amount of income taxes paid, disaggregated by federal, state, and foreign taxes, and also disaggregated by individual jurisdictions above a quantitative threshold. The Company adopted ASU 2023-09 prospectively for its annual period ended June 30, 2026. The adoption did not have an impact on the recognition or measurement of income taxes in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and resulted in the enhanced disclosures included in Note 15.

 

For the year ended June 30, 2026, there have been no other recent accounting pronouncements issued but not yet adopted that are expected to be material to the Company.

 

Note 3. Inventory

 

Inventory, net, consisted of the following:

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Raw materials

 

$ -

 

 

$ 489,574

 

Finished goods

 

 

265,961

 

 

 

663,296

 

Inventory, net

 

$ 265,961

 

 

$ 1,152,870

 

 

The Company writes off the value of inventory deemed excessive or obsolete. The Company’s inventory write offs were $1,887,209 and $748,874 for the years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively. The Company’s inventory reserves were $40,454 and $593,539 as of June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively.

 

Note 4. Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets

 

Prepaid and other receivables consist of the following:

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Insurance

 

$ 222,288

 

 

$ 107,256

 

Prepayment to vendors

 

 

54,433

 

 

 

201,192

 

Deposits on services

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

10,000

 

Subscriptions and services being amortized over the service period

 

 

318,164

 

 

 

26,500

 

Other assets

 

 

383,657

 

 

 

5,888

 

Prepaid expenses and other receivables

 

$ 988,542

 

 

$ 350,836

 

 

All prepaid expenses are expected to be expensed within one year.

 

 
F-15

Table of Contents

 

Note 5. Digital Assets

 

The following table summarizes the changes in the Company’s SOL holdings, on a historical cost basis, for the years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025:

 

 

 

Liquid

 

 

Locked

 

 

Staking Revenue

 

 

Convertible Note

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Tokens

 

 

Tokens Cost

 

 

Tokens

 

 

Tokens Cost

 

 

Tokens

 

 

Tokens Cost

 

 

Tokens

 

 

Tokens Cost

 

 

Tokens

 

 

Tokens Cost

 

Balance, June 30, 2024

 

 

-

 

 

$ -

 

 

 

-

 

 

$ -

 

 

 

-

 

 

$ -

 

 

 

-

 

 

$ -

 

 

 

-

 

 

$ -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SOL purchases

 

 

329,721

 

 

 

48,982,807

 

 

 

404,225

 

 

 

55,923,890

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

733,946

 

 

 

104,906,697

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exchanges between locked and liquid SOL, net

 

 

(22,090 )

 

 

(3,302,385 )

 

 

25,836

 

 

 

3,302,385

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,746

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SOL revenue

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

6,334

 

 

 

985,009

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

6,334

 

 

 

985,009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SOL unlocked

 

 

8,610

 

 

 

(582,498 )

 

 

(8,610 )

 

 

582,498

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2025

 

 

316,241

 

 

$ 45,097,924

 

 

 

421,451

 

 

$ 59,808,773

 

 

 

6,334

 

 

$ 985,009

 

 

 

-

 

 

$ -

 

 

 

744,026

 

 

$ 105,891,706

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SOL purchases

 

 

401,687

 

 

 

70,614,726

 

 

 

73,211

 

 

 

12,116,362

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,236,143

 

 

 

187,131,144

 

 

 

1,711,041

 

 

 

269,862,232

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SOL sales

 

 

(100,000 )

 

 

(14,804,024 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(137,729 )

 

 

(18,124,576 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(237,729 )

 

 

(32,928,600 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exchanges between locked and liquid SOL, net

 

 

79,878

 

 

 

13,771,277

 

 

 

(92,461 )

 

 

(13,771,277 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(12,583 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SOL revenue

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

135,395

 

 

 

17,429,206

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

135,395

 

 

 

17,429,206

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SOL unlocked

 

 

138,679

 

 

 

18,568,230

 

 

 

(138,679 )

 

 

(18,568,230 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SOL tokens released from convertible note security

 

 

62,946

 

 

 

8,664,187

 

 

 

89,021

 

 

 

12,051,494

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(151,967 )

 

 

(20,715,681 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2026

 

 

899,431

 

 

$ 141,912,320

 

 

 

352,543

 

 

$ 51,637,122

 

 

 

4,000

 

 

$ 289,639

 

 

 

1,084,176

 

 

$ 166,415,463

 

 

 

2,340,150

 

 

$ 360,254,544

 

 

The following table summarizes the changes in the Company’s SOL holdings, at fair value, for the years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025:

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Digital assets, June 30, 2024

 

$

-

 

Purchases of digital assets

 

 

104,906,697

 

Digital asset revenue

 

 

985,009

 

Unrealized gain on digital assets

 

 

105,474

 

Digital assets, June 30, 2025

 

$

105,997,180

 

Purchases of digital assets

 

 

269,862,232

 

Proceeds from sales of digital assets

 

 

(21,223,391 )

Digital asset revenue

 

 

17,429,206

 

Realized loss on sale of digital assets

 

 

(11,705,209 )

Unrealized loss on digital assets

 

 

(195,059,336 )

Digital assets, June 30, 2026

 

$

165,300,682

 

 

 
F-16

Table of Contents

 

 

As of June 30, 2026, management valued liquid SOL at $73.52 per token based on the closing market prices of SOL. The closing market prices of SOL reported by CoinMarketCap as of June 30, 2026 and 2025 were $73.52 and $154.74, respectively.

 

The Company purchases locked SOL on the open market at negotiated discounts to the prevailing spot price. The original purchase discount is amortized over the unlocking period. As of June 30, 2026, the Company had 263,522 locked SOL tokens that were purchased with an unamortized original purchase discount of approximately $2.4 million. As of June 30, 2025, the Company had 421,451 locked SOL tokens that were purchased with an unamortized original purchase discount of approximately $9.1 million. The resulting purchase discount is recognized over the unlocking period based on the contractual token unlocking schedule, which ends in January 2028.

 

As of June 30, 2026, management estimated the fair value of the Company’s locked SOL that was acquired through the issuance of convertible debt at approximately 90% of the corresponding SOL spot price, or $66.17 per locked token. As of June 30, 2026, the Company had 585,602 locked SOL tokens that were acquired through the issuance of convertible debt. There were no such amounts held as of June 30, 2025.

 

The Company had approximately 95% of its Solana treasury staked as of June 30, 2026 and 2025. The Company maintains control over the delegated SOL tokens throughout the staking period. Although the tokens undergo a bonding process with validators, the Company retains the ability to initiate unbonding at any time. Upon notification to the validator, the unbonding process begins, which typically takes up to two days. During this period, the tokens remain unavailable for transfer or sale on the open market. Validators do not gain control over the tokens in a manner that meets derecognition criteria. They cannot sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of the tokens. As such, the Company continues to recognize the delegated SOL tokens as part of its digital asset holdings.

 

As of June 30, 2026, the Company held 849,124 tokens subject to lock up restrictions. The following table summarizes the unlocking schedule of these Solana tokens:

 

June 30, 2027

 

 

573,114

 

June 30, 2028

 

 

276,010

 

Total

 

 

849,124

 

 

Note 6. Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment, net, consisted of the following:

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

$ 141,729

 

 

$ 127,050

 

Computer equipment

 

 

18,037

 

 

 

102,279

 

Internal use software

 

 

-

 

 

 

570,645

 

Manufacturing equipment

 

 

13,775

 

 

 

2,112,561

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

22,833

 

 

 

852,825

 

Vehicles

 

 

206,501

 

 

 

206,501

 

Property and equipment, gross

 

 

402,875

 

 

 

3,971,861

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

 

(194,831 )

 

 

(1,919,288 )

Property and equipment, net 

 

$ 208,044

 

 

$ 2,052,573

 

 

 
F-17

Table of Contents

 

 

Depreciation expense was $379,489 and $681,000 for the years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively.

 

Note 7. Intangible Assets

 

Intangible assets consisted of the following:

 

 

 

June 30, 2026

 

 

 

Estimated

Life

 

Cost

 

 

Accumulated

Amortization

 

 

Net

Book Value

 

Customer relationships

 

4 years

 

$ -

 

 

$ -

 

 

$ -

 

Trade name

 

5 years

 

 

383,792

 

 

 

297,439

 

 

 

86,353

 

Online sales channels

 

2 years

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Vendor relationships

 

5 years

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Intangible assets

 

 

 

$ 383,792

 

 

$ 297,439

 

 

$ 86,353

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2025

 

 

 

Estimated

Life

 

Cost

 

 

Accumulated

Amortization

 

 

Net

Book Value

 

Customer relationships

 

4 years

 

$ 1,834,692

 

 

$ 1,834,692

 

 

$ -

 

Trade name

 

5 years

 

 

383,792

 

 

 

220,679

 

 

 

163,113

 

Online sales channels

 

2 years

 

 

1,800,000

 

 

 

1,800,000

 

 

 

-

 

Vendor relationships

 

5 years

 

 

6,000,000

 

 

 

6,000,000

 

 

 

-

 

Intangible assets

 

 

 

$ 10,018,484

 

 

$ 9,855,371

 

 

$ 163,113

 

 

Amortization expense was $76,760 and $76,758 for the years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively.

 

During the year ended June 30, 2026, the Company disposed of fully amortized intangible assets with an original cost of approximately $9.6 million. As the intangible assets had no remaining net book value, the disposals did not result in a gain or loss.

 

On August 28, 2025, the Company entered into an agreement with Cybersyn Holdings, LLC, which hosts and owns the platform for Alpha City Exchange. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company paid $750,000 to acquire a contractual royalty interest equal to 14.90% of all future gross revenue generated by the platform.

 

The agreement provides for two additional potential investments of $250,000 each: (i) upon completion of the platform and achievement of 10,000 active users, which would increase the Company’s royalty interest to 19.90% of gross revenue, and (ii) upon the achievement of 25,000 active users. Upon achievement of the second milestone, the Company may elect to either maintain its 19.90% royalty interest in perpetuity or convert a portion of its royalty interest into a 9.99% equity ownership in Alpha City Exchange on a fully diluted basis.

 

As the royalty interest has no contractual termination and extends in perpetuity, the Company accounts for the initial $750,000 investment as an indefinite-lived intangible asset. The royalty interest is not amortized and is evaluated for impairment at least annually or more frequently if indicators of impairment arise.

 

 
F-18

Table of Contents

 

 

As of June 30, 2026, the agreement remains in effect and the platform has not generated gross revenue from which the Company would be entitled to amounts under the royalty interest.

 

During the year ended June 30, 2026, management determined that the carrying amount of the royalty interest exceeded its estimated fair value and recognized a full impairment charge of $750,000. As a result, the royalty interest had no remaining carrying value as of June 30, 2026.

 

Future amortization of intangible assets as of June 30, 2026 is set forth below for the years then ended:

 

June 30, 2027

 

$ 76,758

 

June 30, 2028

 

 

9,595

 

Total 

 

$ 86,353

 

 

Note 8. Leases

 

We have entered into various non-cancellable operating and finance lease agreements for certain of our offices, manufacturing, technology, and equipment. We determine if an arrangement is a lease, or contains a lease, at inception, and record the leases in our financial statements upon lease commencement, which is the date when the underlying asset is made available for use by the lessor. As of June 30, 2026, no option to extend the lease was recognized as right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and lease liabilities. We have lease agreements with lease and non-lease components, and non-lease components are accounted for separately and not included in our ROU assets and corresponding liabilities. We have elected not to present short-term leases in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as these leases have a lease term of 12 months or less at lease inception.

 

Operating leases are included in operating ROU assets. Current and non-current operating lease liabilities, and finance leases are included in property, plant and equipment, accrued expenses and other current liabilities, and other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

The table below reconciles the undiscounted future minimum lease payments (displayed by year and in the aggregate) under noncancelable operating leases with terms of more than one year to the total operating lease liabilities recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2026:

 

2027

 

$ 319,932

 

2028

 

 

329,051

 

2029

 

 

42,027

 

Total undiscounted future minimum lease payments

 

 

691,010

 

Less: Imputed interest

 

 

(33,608 )

Present value of operating lease payable 

 

 

657,402

 

Less: current portion of operating lease payable

 

 

(295,167 )

Operating lease payable, net of current portion

 

$ 362,235

 

 

The Company’s weighted average remaining lease term and weighted average discount rate for operating leases as of June 30, 2026 and 2025 are:

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Weighted average remaining lease term months

 

 

26

 

 

 

26

 

Weighted average incremental borrowing rate

 

 

5.0 %

 

 

5.0 %

 

 
F-19

Table of Contents

 

 

For the years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, the components of lease expense, included in general and administrative expenses and interest expense in the Consolidated Statement of Operations, are as follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Lease expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of ROU assets

 

$ 620,412

 

 

$ 741,745

 

Interest expense

 

 

62,723

 

 

 

103,805

 

Operating lease cost

 

 

7,640

 

 

 

15,029

 

Variable lease expense

 

 

163,302

 

 

 

293,292

 

Total lease expense

 

$ 854,077

 

 

$ 1,153,871

 

 

Note 9. Accrued Liabilities and Acquisition Payable

 

Accrued liabilities consist of the following:

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Accrued professional fees

 

$ 353,815

 

 

$ 300,000

 

Accrued sales tax

 

 

3,620

 

 

 

38,281

 

Accrued services

 

 

1,314,213

 

 

 

-

 

Other accrued liabilities

 

 

3,873

 

 

 

17,783

 

Accrued liabilities 

 

$ 1,675,521

 

 

$ 356,064

 

 

Acquisition payable consists of the following:

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Payable accrued related to the acquisition of Cygnet

 

$ 260,652

 

 

$ 260,652

 

Acquisition payable

 

$ 260,652

 

 

$ 260,652

 

 

These payables are amounts estimated by management that are due to the sellers of the acquisition and include the original purchase price installment payments not represented with a debt, equity, or other instrument, estimates of excess or deficiencies in working capital and estimates of future earnout payments.

 

 
F-20

Table of Contents

 

Note 10. Short-Term Treasury Debt, Cygnet Subsidiary Notes Payable, Promissory Notes, and Convertible Notes

 

Short-Term Treasury Debt

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s short-term treasury debt as of June 30, 2026 and 2025:

 

 

 

Maturity

 

June 30,

 

 

 

Date

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Short-Term Treasury Debt:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BitGo Credit Facility, 11.50% interest rate per annum. The term of the credit facility is for one year and is renewable for successive one-year options.

 

Maturity

 

$ 57,295,723

 

 

$ 20,000,000

 

 

The Company entered into a credit facility with BitGo Prime, LLC (“BitGo”). Pursuant to a Master Loan Agreement, as of June 30, 2026, there was no remaining availability under the credit facility, which bears interest at a rate of 11.50% per year. The term of the credit facility is for one year and is renewable for successive one-year options. Each individual loan under the facility is negotiable as to the amount, term prepayment or recall (payment demand). The loans shall be collateralized by the Company’s treasury assets, already held at BitGo. The initial availability is based on a 260% collateral level and a margin call level of 175%. There are no requirements or fees for non-use of the credit facility and the facility can be increased in the future based on the value of the assets BitGo is the custodian of for the Company. At June 30, 2026 and 2025, the outstanding balance of the credit facility was $57,295,723 and $20,000,000, respectively. The credit facility was used for the purchase of SOL.

 

Cygnet Subsidiary Notes Payable and Promissory Notes

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s Cygnet subsidiary notes payable and acquisition payable as of June 30, 2026 and 2025:

 

 

 

Maturity

 

June 30,

 

 

 

Date

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Cygnet Subsidiary Notes Payable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SBA note payable, 30-year term note, 10.25% interest rate and collateralized with all assets of the Company

 

October 6, 2031

 

$ 3,694,721

 

 

$ 3,694,721

 

Inventory consignment note, 60 monthly payments, with first payment due June 30, 2022, 3.50% interest rate and no security interest in the assets of the business

 

June 30, 2027

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,000,290

 

GF Note, 6 annual payments, with first payment due December 31, 2022, 3.50% interest rate and no security interest in the assets of the business

 

November 7, 2026

 

 

-

 

 

 

685,899

 

Total

 

 

 

 

3,694,721

 

 

 

5,380,910

 

Current portion of Cygnet subsidiary notes payable

 

 

 

3,694,721

 

 

5,380,910

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Promissory Notes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Promissory Notes, 12.00% interest rate that is paid in cash monthly, and maturity date of June 1, 2026. These Promissory Notes are subordinate to the Convertible Notes. These Promissory Notes are convertible into shares of common stock at the option of the holders, at any time and from time to time. The conversion price is $3.00 per share.

 

June 1, 2026

 

-

 

 

560,000

 

Current portion of promissory notes

 

 

 

-

 

 

560,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Cygnet Subsidiary Notes Payable and Promissory Notes

 

 

 

$ 3,694,721

 

 

$ 5,940,910

 

 

As of June 30, 2026, the entire approximate $3.7 million outstanding balance of the SBA note payable is classified as current because scheduled payments are past due. The SBA note payable maturity date of October 6, 2031 presented above reflects the original contractual maturity date.

 

 
F-21

Table of Contents

 

 

During March 2026, an arbitration ruling resulted in the extinguishment of certain debt obligations from the counterparty. In connection with the ruling, the Company extinguished (i) an inventory consignment note with an outstanding principal balance of approximately $1.0 million, (ii) a GF Note with an outstanding principal balance of approximately $0.7 million, and (iii) the elimination of approximately $0.2 million of accrued interest associated with these obligations. As a result, the Company recognized a gain on extinguishment of debt of approximately $1.9 million during the year ended June 30, 2026.

 

During February 2023, the Company executed a promissory note with an investor in the original principal amount of $560,000. During November 2023, the Company executed an amendment to the promissory note providing for interest only payments for 18 months at 12% per annum and thereafter the amortization of the note over a 12-month period, beginning in June 2025. The $560,000 principal balance was repaid in full during the year ended June 30, 2026.

 

Convertible Notes

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s convertible notes as of June 30, 2026 and 2025: 

 

 

 

Maturity

 

June 30,

 

 

 

Date

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Convertible Notes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible Notes – July 2025 Issuance, issued in exchange for digital assets, due July 16, 2027. Interest rate per annum is 2.00%. Accrued interest is payable quarterly. At any time prior to maturity, the notes are convertible, at the option of the holder, into shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price of $4.25 per share; if a note is not converted prior to maturity, the Company will settle the obligation through the return of the digital assets originally received in exchange for that note.

 

July 16, 2027

 

$ 149,996,123

 

 

$ -

 

Unamortized deferred financing costs on Convertible Notes – July 2025 Issuance

 

 

 

 

(3,973,407 )

 

 

-

 

Convertible Notes – July 2025 Issuance, net

 

 

 

146,022,716

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible Note – January 2026 Issuance, issued in exchange for digital assets, due January 9, 2028. Interest rate per annum is 1.00%. Accrued interest is payable quarterly. At any time prior to maturity, the note is convertible, at the option of the holder, into shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price of $2.39 per share; if the note is not converted prior to maturity, the Company will settle the obligation through the return of the digital assets originally received in exchange for the note.

 

January 9, 2028

 

16,419,340

 

 

 

 

-

 

Total Convertible Notes

 

 

 

 

162,442,056

 

 

 

 

 

Less: current portion

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Convertible notes payable

 

 

 

$ 162,442,056

 

 

$ -

 

 

The following table summarizes the outstanding principal balances and contractual settlement terms of the Company’s convertible notes as of June 30, 2026:

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

SOL Tokens

 

 

Principal Balance

 

Convertible Notes

 

Maturity Date

 

Deliverable at Maturity*

 

 

(Historical USD Value)*

 

Convertible Notes July 2025 Issuance

 

July 16, 2027

 

 

962,955

 

 

$ 149,996,123

 

Convertible Note January 2026 Issuance

 

January 9, 2028

 

 

121,221

 

 

 

16,419,340

 

__________________ 

* The convertible notes are not repayable in cash. If a holder does not elect conversion into shares of the Company’s common stock before maturity, the Company is required to settle the outstanding principal balance through delivery of the contractually specified quantity of SOL, reduced proportionately for any principal previously converted. The Company evaluated the SOL settlement provisions and the conversion features under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging. The Company concluded that the SOL settlement provisions do not require bifurcation because they do not meet the definition of a derivative, including the net-settlement criterion. The Company further concluded that the fixed-price conversion features qualify for the scope exception for contracts involving the Company’s own equity and, therefore, do not require separate derivative accounting. Accordingly, no embedded derivative assets or liabilities were recognized in connection with the convertible notes. The outstanding principal balances represent the historical U.S. dollar values assigned at issuance and do not represent the fair value of the associated SOL as of June 30, 2026 or the value of SOL that may ultimately be delivered at settlement.

 

On July 16, 2025, the Company entered into securities purchase agreements with certain investors, pursuant to which the Company agreed to sell and issue to the investors in a private placement offering secured convertible notes (the “Convertible Notes – July 2025 Issuance”) in exchange for locked and spot Solana in the aggregate, original principal amount of approximately $151.2 million, with a maturity date of July 16, 2027. The applicable interest rate is an annual rate equal to 2.00%. Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 365-day year and the actual number of days elapsed, and accrues daily commencing on July 16, 2025, with interest paid quarterly. At the maturity date, the holders of the notes are entitled to an amount equal to the accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages (if any) and, to the extent unpaid principal remains, the return of the subscription amount (pro-rated to the extent principal was paid down) in the form of digital assets paid to the Company. At any time after the issue date until the notes are no longer outstanding, the notes shall be convertible into shares of common stock of the Company at the option of the holder, at any time and from time to time. The conversion price is $4.25 per share. Furthermore, the Company may deliver forced conversion notices. Under the terms of the forced conversion, if after the legend removal date, the volume-weighted average price for each of the 30 consecutive trading days exceeds $6.37, the Company may within five trading days deliver a notice to the holders to cause the holder to convert all or part of the outstanding principal on the notes.

 

 
F-22

Table of Contents

 

 

On January 9, 2026, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with an investor, pursuant to which the Company issued to the investor a secured convertible note (the “Convertible Note – January 2026 Issuance”) in the original principal amount of approximately $36.0 million, in exchange for the transfer and contribution of 265,500 units of Solana in the form of locked Solana, with a maturity date of January 9, 2028. The note bears interest at a rate of 1.00% per annum, payable quarterly in cash. At maturity, or upon acceleration following an event of default, to the extent the note has not been converted in full, the investor is entitled to receive a pro rata return of the digital assets corresponding to the outstanding principal balance of the note at such time. The principal amount of the note is convertible, in whole or in part, at the option of the investor at any time, into shares of the Company’s common stock at a fixed conversion price of $2.39 per share, subject to customary adjustments, ownership limitations, and other conditions set forth in the agreement. Furthermore, the Company may deliver forced conversion notices. The note also provides for forced conversion under certain circumstances, subject to satisfaction of specified conditions, including trading price and liquidity thresholds, the effectiveness of a resale registration statement covering the shares issuable upon conversion, and the absence of events of default. Following the June 2026 partial extinguishment, the outstanding principal balance of the January 2026 Convertible Note was $16.4 million as of June 30, 2026.

 

The Company accounts for convertible notes as a single debt instrument measured at amortized cost. The Company has not identified any embedded features contained within its convertible notes that would require bifurcation from the debt host. As applicable, any debt discount and debt issuance costs incurred in connection with the issuance of the convertible notes are recorded as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the convertible notes. These amounts are amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the expected term of the convertible notes. Upon conversion, the carrying amount of the convertible notes, including any unamortized debt issuance costs and unamortized discounts, are reduced by the amount converted, with any difference being reflected as a change in equity.

 

During July 2025, the Company issued 276,238 shares of common stock upon conversion of a portion of the Convertible Notes – July 2025 Issuance, resulting in a reduction of the outstanding principal balance of $1,173,046 and accrued interest of $964.

 

During June 2026, the Company issued 5,250,000 shares of common stock and 6,992,300 pre-funded common stock purchase warrants to purchase up to 6,992,300 shares of common stock for aggregate purchase price of $19,542,635. The aggregate purchase price was satisfied through the retirement and cancellation of $19,542,635 of the outstanding principal under the Company’s Convertible Note – January 2026 Issuance. In connection with the partial extinguishment of the convertible note, the Company recognized a gain on extinguishment of debt of approximately $8.4 million. The note otherwise remains in full force and effect in accordance with its terms, and the conversion price thereunder is unaffected by the transaction. 

 

Note 11. Related Party Transactions

 

In March 2025, Allan Marshall purchased 125,000 shares of Series A preferred shares from the Company at a per share price of $2.60 per preferred share. This purchase was settled through the cancellation of a $400,000 related party advance. There are no advances due to Allan Marshall at June 30, 2026 and 2025.

 

On April 1, 2024, the Company entered into a lease agreement with MFA 2510 Merchant LLC, which is owned by our CEO, Allan Marshall. The lease is for approximately 10,000 square feet of warehouse and office space, located in Odessa, Florida for $20,060 per month. The initial term of the lease is five years. The Company is responsible for real estate taxes, utilities, and repairs under the terms of certain of the operating leases and accounted for as non-lease components and not part of what we include in ROU assets. The Company spent $611,768 in leasehold improvements to prepare the facility for product manufacturing, which will be amortized over the five-year lease term. Product manufacturing was at full capacity and fully moved from the Nevada facility as of August 1, 2024. During the years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, the Company recognized lease expense related to this lease of $186,536 and $320,050, respectively. As a result of the Company’s course of action to terminate the CBD gummy and other operations, a loss on disposal of leasehold improvements of approximately $477,000 was recorded during the year ended June 30, 2026. No such loss was recognized during the year ended June 30, 2025. As of June 30, 2026, the Company no longer leases this facility or has obligations related to this facility.

 

 
F-23

Table of Contents

 

 

On June 13, 2024, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement pursuant to which the Company sold one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding equity of its wholly owned subsidiary VitaMedica, Inc. to three investors (the “Buyers”). One of the minority interest Buyers is Allan Marshall, the Company’s CEO. The purchase price for the stock was $6,000,000, subject to certain customary post-closing adjustments. The proceeds of the transaction were used for working capital, the reduction of debt and the reduction of other liabilities. At June 30, 2026, there was no outstanding purchase price receivable related to the transaction. At June 30, 2025, the outstanding purchase price receivable was $2,000,000.

 

The above related party transactions are not necessarily indicative of the amounts and terms that would have been incurred had comparable transactions been entered into with independent parties.

 

Note 12. Equity Transactions

 

Convertible Preferred Stock

 

The Company has 150,000 shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding to Allan Marshall, CEO. The preferred stock is convertible into 138,889 shares of the Company’s common stock at the holder’s option, has preferential liquidation rights and the preferred stock shall vote together with the common stock as a single class on all matters to which shareholders of the Company are entitled to vote at the rate of ten votes per share of preferred stock.

 

Common Stock

 

During the year ended June 30, 2026:

 

7,889,266 pre-funded warrants were exercised for 7,889,266 shares of common stock in connection with the private placement offering occurring in April 2025 in which the Company issued 35,970,383 shares of common stock at an offering price of $2.28 per share.

 

In connection with a private placement offering of equity in July 2025, 12,457,186 shares of common stock were issued.

 

In connection with the notice of conversion relating to convertible debt in July 2025, 276,238 shares of common stock were issued.

 

In connection with the cashless exercises of warrants, 678,352 shares of common stock were issued.

 

In connection with the exercise of warrants for cash, 33,334 shares of common stock were issued.

 

In connection with the vesting of restricted stock units, 533,665 shares of common stock were issued.

 

In connection with the Company’s at-the-market offering program, the Company issued 6,581,559 shares of common stock for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $7.7 million.

 

In connection with a private placement offering of equity in November 2025, the Company issued 3,289,474 shares of common stock and 3,289,474 common stock purchase warrants to purchase up to 3,289,474 shares of common stock for aggregate gross proceeds of $10.0 million, representing an effective purchase price of $3.04 per share of common stock and accompanying warrant. Each warrant is exercisable for one share of common stock. In connection with the February 2026 private placement, the Company amended the warrants issued in November 2025 to reduce the exercise price from $4.00 to $2.83 per share.

 

In connection with a private placement financings completed in February 2026, the Company issued 6,337,000 shares of common stock and 6,337,000 common stock purchase warrants issued in a private placement that generated aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $7.4 million, representing an effective purchase price of $1.17 per share of common stock and accompanying warrant. Each such warrant is exercisable for one share of common stock at an exercise price of $1.50 per share.

 

 
F-24

Table of Contents

 

 

In June 2026, the Company entered into a privately negotiated debt-for-equity exchange in which it issued 5,250,000 shares of common stock and 6,992,300 pre-funded common stock purchase warrants to purchase up to 6,992,300 shares of common stock for aggregate purchase price of approximately $19.5 million, representing an effective purchase price of $1.60 per share of common stock and accompanying warrant. The aggregate purchase price was satisfied through the retirement and cancellation of $19.5 million of the outstanding principal under the Company’s Convertible Note – January 2026 Issuance. Each pre-funded warrant is exercisable for one share of common stock at an exercise price of $0.00001 per share.

 

The Company accounts for warrants as either equity-classified or liability-classified instruments based on an assessment of the warrant’s specific terms and applicable authoritative guidance included in ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity and ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging. The assessment considers whether the warrants are freestanding financial instruments pursuant to ASC 480, whether the warrants meet the definition of a liability pursuant to ASC 480, and whether the warrants meet all of the requirements for equity classification under ASC 815. Warrants that meet all of the criteria for equity classification are required to be recorded as a component of additional paid-in capital at the time of issuance, or when the conditions for equity classification are met, and are not remeasured. Warrants that do not meet the required criteria for equity classification are classified as liabilities.

 

The Company evaluated the warrants and concluded that they met the criteria to be classified within stockholders’ equity within additional paid-in-capital. The warrants are equity classified because they (1) are freestanding financial instruments that are legally detachable and separately exercisable from the common stock, (2) are immediately exercisable, (3) do not embody an obligation for the Company to repurchase its shares, (4) permit the holder to receive a fixed number of shares of common stock upon exercise, (5) are indexed to the Company's common stock and (6) meet the equity classification criteria. As of June 30, 2026, the Company had 3,289,474 warrants outstanding related to the November 2025 private placement offering, 6,337,000 warrants outstanding related to the February 2026 private placement offering, 6,992,300 warrants outstanding related to the June 2026 private placement offering, and an additional 168,134 warrants outstanding related to various prior period issuances.

 

Stock Repurchase Program

 

In November 2025, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program of up to $50.0 million of common stock. The timing, manner, price, and amount of repurchases will be determined at management’s discretion, based on factors such as share price, market conditions, and available liquidity. The program does not obligate the Company to acquire any specific number of shares and may be suspended or discontinued at any time.

 

During the year ended June 30, 2026, the Company repurchased 2,894,287 shares of common stock at a weighted-average price, including fees, of $0.96 per share, for total consideration of approximately $2.8 million.

 

As of June 30, 2026, all repurchased shares have been retired and are not reflected as treasury stock in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

Stock Split

 

The Company effectuated a reverse stock split, at a rate of 20 to 1, effective at 12:01 am ET, October 3, 2024. The total issued and outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock, post reverse stock split was 1,040,886. The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) has requested an additional 202,183 shares of the Company’s common stock to round up, pursuant to the terms of the reverse stock split, the holdings of DTC’s beneficial holders. These shares were issued on October 23, 2024 and on October 30, 2024 we were notified that the shares were returned to the Company’s transfer agent. Although the Company did receive the common stock back after issuance, the potential dilution remains a risk, and is the subject of a complaint filed by the Company in the United States District Court for the District of Nevada with the purpose of eliminating any said risk. The Reverse Stock Split did not modify the relative rights or preferences of the common stock.

 

 
F-25

Table of Contents

 

Note 13. Stock-Based Compensation

 

The Company maintains the 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2019 Plan”), which provides for the grant of stock-based awards to employees, officers, directors, consultants, and other service providers. The 2019 Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (or such other committee designated by the Board of Directors), which has authority to determine the recipients and terms and conditions of awards granted under the 2019 Plan. Awards may include stock options, restricted stock units, and other stock-based awards authorized under the 2019 Plan. As of June 30, 2026, 25,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock were authorized for issuance under the 2019 Plan.

 

Stock Options

 

A summary of stock option activity for the years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Remaining

 

 

Aggregated

 

 

 

Options

 

 

Exercise

 

 

Contractual

 

 

Intrinsic

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

 

Price

 

 

Life (Years)

 

 

Value

 

Outstanding at June 30, 2024

 

 

200,714

 

 

$ 57.40

 

 

 

5.83

 

 

$ -

 

Granted

 

 

620,000

 

 

 

2.36

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Forfeited or cancelled

 

 

(192,083 )

 

 

55.13

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Exercised

 

 

(7,278 )

 

 

3.46

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Outstanding at June 30, 2025

 

 

621,353

 

 

$ 3.39

 

 

 

5.66

 

 

$ 374,500

 

Granted

 

 

125,000

 

 

 

4.63

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Forfeited or cancelled

 

 

(82,153 )

 

 

10.74

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Exercised

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Outstanding at June 30, 2026

 

 

664,200

 

 

$ 2.64

 

 

 

4.64

 

 

$ -

 

Options exercisable at June 30, 2026 (vested)

 

 

637,450

 

 

 

2.63

 

 

 

4.65

 

 

 

-

 

Options exercisable at June 30, 2025 (vested)

 

 

600,311

 

 

 

3.42

 

 

 

5.52

 

 

 

-

 

 

The average fair value of stock options granted was estimated to be $4.18 per share for the period ended June 30, 2026, and the closing stock price on June 30, 2026, was $0.78 per common share.

 

The average fair value of stock options granted was estimated to be $2.36 per share for the period ended June 30, 2025, and the closing stock price on June 30, 2025, was $2.98 per common share.

 

Stock-based compensation expense attributable to stock options was approximately $124,514 and $1,409,916 for the years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively. As of June 30, 2026, there was approximately $56,196 unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested stock options outstanding, and the weighted average vesting period for those options was approximately 0.43 years.

 

The value of each grant is estimated at the grant date using the Black-Scholes option model with the following assumptions for options granted during the years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025:

 

 

 

Year Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Dividend rate

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Risk free interest rate

 

3.64%-3.75

%

 

3.95%-4.61

%

Expected term

 

5 years

 

 

5-10 years

 

Expected volatility

 

144%-145

%

 

146%-151

%

Grant date stock price

 

$

 2.91-5.77

 

 

$

 2.28-3.46

 

 

 
F-26

Table of Contents

 

 

The basis for the above assumptions are as follows: the dividend rate is based upon the Company’s history of dividends; the risk-free interest rate for periods within the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant; the expected term was calculated based on the Company’s historical pattern of options granted and the period of time they are expected to be outstanding; and expected volatility was calculated based upon historical trends in the Company’s stock prices.

 

Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Based on historical experience of forfeitures, the Company estimated forfeitures at 0% for each of the years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025. In the year ended June 30, 2025, in light of the 1-20 reverse split, certain grants were cancelled and re-issued. The estimate of forfeitures relating to terminations is still 0%.

 

There were 19,046,056 shares available for issuance as of June 30, 2026, under the 2019 Plan as amended. The 2019 Plan contains an “evergreen” provision pursuant to which shares authorized for issuance may be automatically replenished.

 

Restricted Stock Units

 

Stock-based compensation from restricted stock units (“RSUs”) was approximately $17,049,029 and $696,946 for the years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively.

 

As of June 30, 2026, there was approximately $3,982,176 of unrecognized compensation expense related to 1,494,337 RSUs. The weighted-average term remaining on the unvested shares was approximately 0.45 years.

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Weighted-

Average

Grant

Date Fair

Value

 

Outstanding as of June 30, 2024

 

 

7,500

 

 

$ 9.82

 

Granted

 

 

447,000

 

 

 

2.86

 

Cancelled or forfeited

 

 

(130,000 )

 

 

3.37

 

Issued

 

 

(102,583 )

 

 

3.53

 

Outstanding as of June 30, 2025

 

 

221,917

 

 

$ 2.48

 

Granted

 

 

4,939,000

 

 

 

4.49

 

Cancelled or forfeited

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Issued

 

 

(533,665 )

 

 

3.49

 

Outstanding as of June 30, 2026

 

 

4,627,252

 

 

$ 4.51

 

 

At June 30, 2026, there were approximately 3,132,915 vested RSUs that are included in the 4,627,252 RSUs outstanding above as they are not included in the Company’s issued and outstanding common stock.

 

The components of stock-based compensation for the years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025 are as follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options amortization

 

$ 124,514

 

 

$ 1,409,916

 

Restricted stock units amortization

 

 

17,049,029

 

 

 

696,946

 

Warrants amortization granted to asset manager

 

 

4,722,271

 

 

 

-

 

Total stock-based compensation

 

$ 21,895,814

 

 

$ 2,106,862

 

 

 
F-27

Table of Contents

 

 

As a result of the termination of the Company’s Asset Management Agreement, the Company expensed all remaining unamortized costs associated with the warrants granted to the asset manager, which was approximately $4.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2026. No such expense was recognized during the year ended June 30, 2025. These expenses are included within Stock-based compensation in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

Note 14. Phantom Stock Appreciation Plan

 

On July 1, 2025, the Board of Directors with the recommendation of the Compensation Committee approved the Upexi, Inc. Phantom Stock Appreciation Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan permits the granting of Phantom Stock Unit (“PSU”) awards to employees selected and approved by the Board of Directors.

 

The PSU awards vest on June 30 following the grant date, provided the participant remains employed by the Company on such date. The value of each PSU equals the excess of (a) the 30-day average closing price of Upexi, Inc. common stock for the period June 1 to June 30 immediately preceding the payment date, over (b) the grant date value. The PSU award value is settled in cash to the participant subsequent to June 30. As the PSU awards are settled in cash, they are classified as liability awards under ASC 718.

 

At June 30, 2026, the Board of Directors had awarded the following PSUs with the following grant date values:

 

 

 

Units

 

 

 

 

 

Phantom Stock Units with a grant value of $1.17

 

 

158,425

 

Phantom Stock Units with a grant value of $1.91

 

 

1,760,000

 

Phantom Stock Units with a grant value of $2.89

 

 

1,153,997

 

Phantom Stock Units with a grant value of $3.04

 

 

82,238

 

Phantom Stock Units with a grant value of $4.00

 

 

311,432

 

Phantom Stock Units with a grant value of $4.25

 

 

6,908

 

Total Phantom Stock Units granted

 

 

3,473,000

 

 

The Company recognizes the estimated compensation cost related to the PSU awards in its consolidated financial statements in accordance with ASC 718. Compensation cost is recognized over the requisite service period, with the liability remeasured at fair value at each reporting date. Changes in the estimated fair value are recognized in General and administrative expense in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and the related liability is presented within Accrued compensation in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

Management’s estimate of the fair value of the PSU awards at the reporting date is based on a combination of valuation approaches designed to reflect the expected settlement value of the awards. In determining this estimate, the Company considered multiple inputs and methodologies, including valuations derived from Black-Scholes option pricing model, the Company’s common stock price as of the reporting date, and management’s estimate of the PSU award value. Management evaluated these approaches and selected the methodology it believes best reflects the value of the liability as of the balance sheet date consistent with the cash settlement features of the Plan.

 

During the years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, the Company recognized no compensation expense related to the Plan.

 

Note 15. Income Taxes

 

The components of income tax benefit (expense) for the years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025 are as follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current tax provision

 

$ 13,558

 

 

$ 13,558

 

Deferred tax provision

 

 

(13,558 )

 

 

(13,558 )

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

$ -

 

 

$ -

 

 

 
F-28

Table of Contents

 

 

The reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate for the year ended June 30, 2026 is as follows:

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. federal statutory income tax

 

$ (51,629,649 )

 

 

21.00 %

State and local income taxes, net of federal benefit

 

 

(13,871,476 )

 

 

5.65 %

Foreign tax effects

 

 

-

 

 

-

%

Effect of changes in tax laws or rates

 

 

-

 

 

-

%

Effect of cross-border tax laws

 

 

-

 

 

-

%

Tax credits

 

 

-

 

 

-

%

Changes in valuation allowance

 

 

69,709,798

 

 

 

(28.36 )%

Nontaxable or nondeductible items

 

 

29,670

 

 

 

(0.01 )%

Changes in unrecognized tax benefits

 

 

-

 

 

-

%

Other, net

 

 

(4,238,343 )

 

 

1.72 %

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

$ -

 

 

-

%

 

The reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate for the years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025 is as follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. federal statutory income tax rate

 

 

21.00 %

 

 

21.00 %

State taxes, net of federal benefit

 

 

5.47 %

 

 

4.80 %

Nondeductible expenses

 

 

(0.01 )%

 

 

(0.03 )%

Return-to-provision adjustment

 

-

%

 

-

%

State tax rate change

 

 

0.18 %

 

 

0.25 %

Other, net

 

 

1.72 %

 

 

3.81 %

Valuation allowance

 

 

(28.36 )%

 

 

(29.83 )%

Effective income tax rate

 

-

%

 

-

%

 

The components of the Company’s net deferred tax asset as of June 30, 2026 and 2025 are as follows:

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

$ 23,452,438

 

 

$ 9,601,876

 

Right-of-use assets

 

 

434,706

 

 

 

(28,366 )

Inventory write-offs

 

 

91,164

 

 

 

161,146

 

Unrealized loss (gain) on digital assets

 

 

54,432,275

 

 

 

(27,512 )

Intangible assets

 

 

149,517

 

 

 

2,795,409

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

5,961,672

 

 

 

2,770,725

 

Capital loss carryforwards

 

 

277,873

 

 

 

271,334

 

Property and equipment

 

 

55,684

 

 

 

306,804

 

Allowance for credit losses

 

 

68,602

 

 

 

172,844

 

Accrued compensation

 

 

783,181

 

 

 

13,784

 

Operating lease payable

 

 

(264,143 )

 

 

-

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

1,262

 

 

 

3,572

 

Other, net

 

 

307,189

 

 

 

7

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(79,802,562 )

 

 

(10,092,765 )

Deferred tax asset

 

$ 5,948,858

 

 

$ 5,948,858

 

 

 
F-29

Table of Contents

 

 

The following table presents income taxes paid (net of refunds received) for the year ended June 30, 2026:

 

 

 

Income Taxes Paid

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

-

 

State and local

 

 

11,313

 

Foreign

 

 

-

 

Income tax paid

 

$

11,313

 

 

As of June 30, 2026 and 2025, the Company had aggregate gross temporary differences and tax carryforwards of $305,954,591 and $59,994,500, respectively. Of these amounts, federal net operating loss carryforwards as of June 30, 2026 and 2025 were $82,825,775 and $36,275,274, respectively. The remaining amounts consisted of other gross temporary differences and tax carryforwards of $223,128,816 and $23,719,226, respectively. The Company’s federal net operating loss carryforwards may be carried forward indefinitely, subject to applicable limitations.

 

Future realization of the tax benefits of existing temporary differences and net operating loss carryforwards ultimately depends on the existence of sufficient taxable income during the periods in which the temporary differences reverse or the net operating loss carryforwards are available. As of June 30, 2026 and 2025, the Company performed an evaluation to determine whether a valuation allowance was needed. The Company considered all available evidence, both positive and negative, which included the results of operations for the current and preceding years. The Company also considered whether there was any currently available information about future years. Based on the weight of the available evidence, the Company determined that it is more likely than not that a portion of its deferred tax assets will not be realized. Accordingly, the Company recorded valuation allowances as of June 30, 2026 and 2025 of $79,802,562 and $10,092,765, respectively.

 

The Company had no unrecognized tax benefits as of June 30, 2026 and 2025. The Company recognized no interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions during the years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, and no amounts of interest or penalties were accrued as of June 30, 2026 and 2025.

 

We file federal and state income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. Income tax returns generally remain subject to examination by federal and most state tax authorities. The Company is currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service with respect to its federal income tax return for the year ended December 31, 2023.

 

Note 16. Exit of Manufacturing and Distribution Operations

 

During December 2025, the Company decided on a course of action to shut down certain manufacturing and distribution centers supporting the Company’s health and wellness products, including those products manufactured with hemp ingredients and certain related distribution operations, which it completed during February 2026.

 

The exit reflects the Company’s strategic decision to focus resources on its digital asset treasury strategy and other business initiatives aligned with its broader operating priorities. The Company concluded that the exit did not represent a discontinued operation because the exited activities did not constitute a component of the Company that was disposed of or classified as held for sale and did not represent a strategic shift that had, or will have, a major effect on the Company’s operations and financial results. Accordingly, the related operating results and impairment charge are presented within continuing operations.

 

 
F-30

Table of Contents

 

 

During the year ended June 30, 2026, as a result of the Company’s course of action to shut down these manufacturing and distribution centers, a loss on disposal of $1,422,289 was recognized within Impairment on assets from manufacturing shut down within the Consolidated Statements of Operations. No such loss was recognized during the year ended June 30, 2025.

 

As of June 30, 2026, the Company had 10 full-time employees. As of June 1, 2026, the Company no longer leases warehouse space, with all brand distributions activities to be handled by third-party providers.

 

Note 17. Risks and Uncertainties

 

The Company holds a significant portion of its assets in cryptocurrencies, which are subject to substantial market volatility, evolving regulatory frameworks, liquidity constraints, cybersecurity threats, and technological risks. These factors may cause material fluctuations in the fair value of the Company’s holdings and could adversely affect its financial condition and results of operations. 

 

Note 18. Segment Information

 

The Company operates as one operating segment and has one reportable segment. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer is the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”). The Company’s reportable segment includes its digital asset treasury activities and consumer products operations. The accounting policies of the reportable segment are the same as those described in Note 2.

 

Financial information is provided to the CODM on a consolidated basis. The CODM uses consolidated revenue and net loss to assess the Company’s performance, make operating decisions, and allocate resources.

 

The CODM is regularly provided with the consolidated expense information presented in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Accordingly, the Company’s segment revenue, significant segment expenses, and net loss are the same as the corresponding amounts presented in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company has no additional significant segment expense categories that are regularly provided to the CODM and included in the measure of segment profit or loss.

 

The CODM also reviews the Company’s assets on a consolidated basis. Accordingly, segment assets are the same as total assets reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

Note 19. Subsequent Events

 

During August 2026, subsequent to the year ended June 30, 2026, in connection with the Company’s at-the-market offering program, the Company issued approximately 2.5 million shares of common stock for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $2.5 million.

 

During September 2026, subsequent to the year ended June 30, 2026, the Company amended the terms of its existing credit facility with BitGo. Pursuant to the amendment, the interest rate on the outstanding borrowings was reduced from 11.50% to 7.50% per year. At the time of the amendment, approximately $57.3 million was outstanding under the credit facility.

 

 
F-31

Table of Contents

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

None.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Under the supervision and with the participation of our senior management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Evaluation Date”). Based on this evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded as of the Evaluation Date that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective such that the information relating to us required to be disclosed in our Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) reports (i) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and (ii) is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

Management’s Report on Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining a system of disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) that is designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by an issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the issuer’s management, including its principal executive officer or officers and principal financial officer or officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

Under the supervision and with the participation of our senior management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Evaluation Date”). Based on this evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded as of the Evaluation Date that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective such that the information relating to us required to be disclosed in our Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) reports (i) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and (ii) is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over the Company’s financial reporting. In order to evaluate the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Our management, with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have conducted an assessment, including testing, using the criteria in Internal Control–Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) (2013). Our system of internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. This assessment included review of the documentation of controls, evaluation of the design effectiveness of controls, testing of the operating effectiveness of controls and a conclusion on this evaluation. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of June 30, 2026.

 

 
42

Table of Contents

 

Remediation of Previously Identified Material Weaknesses

 

As reported in Item 9A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2025, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of June 30, 2025 due to material weaknesses related to:

 

 

(i)

inadequate segregation of duties consistent with control objectives; and

 

 

 

 

(ii)

lack of multiple levels of supervision and review.

 

During the year ended June 30, 2026, management implemented additional processes and controls designed to remediate the material weaknesses and address its underlying causes. Management’s internal control remediation efforts included the following:

 

 

·

Expanded the finance and accounting function to improve segregation of duties and management oversight.

 

 

 

 

·

Implemented formal preparer and reviewer controls over account reconciliations, financial reporting schedules, and SEC reporting.

 

 

 

 

·

Enhanced management review controls over significant transactions, accounting estimates, financial statement preparation, and related disclosures.

 

 

 

 

·

Formalized accounting policies, financial close procedures, and documentation supporting the execution and review of key internal controls.

 

 

 

 

·

Established ongoing monitoring procedures to evaluate the design and operating effectiveness of the enhanced controls and support management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting.

 

As a result of the actions taken above, management has determined that the controls were effectively designed and operated effectively for a sufficient period of time. Accordingly, management concluded that the previously identified material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting have been remediated as of June 30, 2026.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

Except as noted above, there have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended June 30, 2026, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Attestation Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

This Form 10-K does not include an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting as required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. As a non-accelerated filer, our management’s report was not subject to attestation by our registered public accounting firm pursuant to rules of the SEC that permit us to provide only management’s report in this Form 10-K.

 

Item 9B. Other Information

 

During the three months ended June 30, 2026, none of our directors or executive officers adopted or terminated any contract, instruction, or written plan for the purchase or sale of our securities that was intended to satisfy the affirmative defense conditions of Rule 10b5-1(c) or any “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement”.

 

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

 

None.

 

 
43

Table of Contents

 

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

All directors of our company hold office until the next annual meeting of the security holders or until their successors have been elected and qualified. The officers of our company are appointed by our board of directors and hold office until their death, resignation or removal from office. Our directors and executive officers, their ages, positions held, and duration as such, are as follows:

 

 

Name

 

 

 

Position Held with the Company

 

 

Age

 

 

Date First Elected or Appointed

Allan Marshall

 

Chief Executive Officer, Director (Chairman)

 

59

 

May 17, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Andrew J. Norstrud

 

Chief Financial Officer, Director

 

53

 

April 1, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brian Rudick

 

Chief Strategy Officer

 

44

 

May 22, 2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gene Salkind

 

Director

 

72

 

January 1, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas C. Williams

 

Director

 

66

 

January 1, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lawrence H. Dugan

 

Director

 

59

 

January 1, 2021

____________

Business Experience

 

The following is a brief account of the education and business experience during at least the past five years of each director, executive officer and key employee of our company, indicating the person’s principal occupation during that period, and the name and principal business of the organization in which such occupation and employment were carried out.

 

Allan Marshall, 59, Chief Executive Officer, Director. Mr. Marshall joined the Company as CEO in May of 2019 and was previously retired prior to joining the Company working as a serial entrepreneur with a focus on development stage companies in hyper growth industries, with the past several years focusing on the technology and cannabis industries. Mr. Marshall is often the driving force behind the organization for its initial growth and funding strategies. Mr. Marshall began his career in the transportation and logistics industry. Mr. Marshall founded Segmentz, Inc. in November of 2000 and served as the Chief Executive Officer, successfully acquiring five distinct logistic companies, raised more than $25,000,000 of capital, creating the infrastructure and business foundation that is now XPO Logistics, Inc. (NYSE: XPO) with revenues in excess of $17 billion. Prior to Segmentz, Mr. Marshall founded U.S. Transportation Services, Inc. (“UST”) in 1995, whose main focus was third party logistics. UST was sold to Professional Transportation Group, Inc. in January 2000 and Professional Transportation Group ceased business in November 2000. Prior to 1995, Mr. Marshall served as Vice President of U.S. Traffic Ltd, a Canadian company, where he founded their United States logistics division and had previously founded a successful driver leasing company in Toronto, Ontario, Canada.

 

Andrew J. Norstrud, 53, Chief Financial Officer, Director. Mr. Norstrud joined Upexi, Inc. in July of 2019 as a consultant and became the Chief Financial Officer in April of 2020 and a Director as of January 2021. Prior to joining Upexi, Inc., Mr. Norstrud worked as a consultant through his own consulting firm. Mr. Norstrud served as the Chief Financial Officer for Gee Group Inc. from March 2013 until June 2018. Mr. Norstrud also served Gee Group as CEO from March 7, 2014 until April 1, 2015. Mr. Norstrud served as a director of GEE Group Inc. from March 7, 2014 until August 16, 2017. Prior to GEE Group Inc., Mr. Norstrud was a consultant with Norco Accounting and Consulting from October 2011 until March 2013. From October 2005 to October 2011, Mr. Norstrud served as the Chief Financial Officer for Jagged Peak. Prior to his role at Jagged Peak, Mr. Norstrud was the Chief Financial Officer of Segmentz, Inc. (XPO Logistics), and played an instrumental role in the company achieving its strategic goals by pursuing and attaining growth initiatives, building a financial team, completing and integrating strategic acquisitions and implementing the structure required of public companies. Previously, Mr. Norstrud worked for Grant Thornton LLP and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and has extensive experience with young, rapid growth public companies. Mr. Norstrud earned a BA in Business and Accounting from Western State College and a Master of Accounting with a systems emphasis from the University of Florida. Mr. Norstrud is a Florida licensed Certified Public Accountant.

 

 
44

Table of Contents

 

Brian Rudick CFA, 44, Chief Strategy Officer. Mr Rudick joined Upexi, Inc. in May 2025 and brings deep expertise and connectivity in both traditional finance and crypto alike. Most recently, Mr. Rudick served as Head of Research for GSR, the largest digital asset market maker, where he demonstrated thought leadership externally and led internal business initiatives, including GSR’s lead investment into Upexi’s $100 million private placement. Prior to GSR, Mr. Rudick spent over a decade on Wall Street, primarily managing a long-short portfolio of bank stocks as a key member of financials-focused teams at Citadel, Balyasny, and Millennium. Mr. Rudick started his career at the Federal Reserve, where he conducted research as part of the monetary policy process. He holds a BSc from Duke University, an MBA from The University of Chicago, and is a CFA Charter holder.

 

Gene Salkind, 72, Director. Gene Salkind, M.D. has been a practicing neurosurgeon for more than 35 years outside of Philadelphia, PA. He graduated from the University of Pennsylvania in 1974 with a B.A., Cum Laude, and received his medical degree from the Lewis Katz School of Medicine in 1979. He returned to the University of Pennsylvania for his neurosurgical residency and in 1985 was selected as the Chief Resident in Neurosurgery at the Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania. Since that time, he has been in a university affiliated practice of general neurological surgery. He has served as the Chief of Neurosurgery at Holy Redeemer Hospital, Albert Einstein Medical Center, and Jeanes Hospital in Philadelphia. He has authored numerous peer reviewed journal articles and has given lectures throughout the country on various neurosurgical topics. He has held professorships at the University of Pennsylvania, the Allegheny Health Education and Research Foundation, and currently at the Lewis Katz School of Medicine.

 

Dr. Salkind is a prominent investor in the pharmaceutical arena. Past investments include Intuitive Surgical, Pharmacyclics, which grew from less than $1 per share to subsequently being acquired by Abbvie for $250 per share, and Centocor, one of the nation’s largest biotechnology companies, which was acquired by Johnson & Johnson for $4.9 billion in stock. Dr. Salkind currently sits on the boards of Cure Pharmaceuticals, a leader in the biotechnology field, through its continual pursuit of redefining traditional drug delivery, and Mobiquity Technologies, Inc., a digital engagement provider. Mobiquity owns and operates a national location based mobile advertising network. The company’s suite of technologies allows clients to execute personalized and relevant experiences, driving brand awareness and incremental revenue. He was previously a board member of Derm Tech International, a global leader in non-invasive dermatological molecular diagnostics.

 

In 2019, Dr. Salkind joined the Strategic Advisory Board of Bio Symetrics, a company that has built data services tools for automated pre-processing, integrated analytics, and predictive modeling to make machine learning accessible to scientists and providers. Their technology serves health and hospital systems, biopharma, drug discovery and precision medicine.

 

Thomas C. Williams, 66, has over 40 years of experience in the insurance industry. He has served in multiple roles in both originations and the administration side of operations. Mr. Williams has a specialization in providing securitization mechanisms of illiquid insurance assets. Thomas was with Smith Barney for his training in the capital markets and insurance industries.

 

Mr. Williams is currently an officer and director in several Ireland based holding companies with a focus in the insurance industry. He is a former member of the Risk Committee of Wyndham, a large Bermuda based captive. He has extensive experience in the Offshore and European Union insurance markets in both developing the structures and implementing corporate governance. His current role includes providing risk management services to a Section 110 Investment platform in both Luxembourg and Ireland for CSM Securities. Mr. Williams was the intermediary in the sale of Associate Industries of Florida, one of the largest insurance companies in workers’ compensation. He facilitated the sale to Am Trust, a New York publicly traded company in 2009.

Mr. Williams has served on the board of directors of two public companies:

 

 

·

GEE Group, an American Stock Exchange Company from 2008 to 2018. At this company, he Chaired the Nominating Committee and was a member of the Corporate Governance Committee and Audit Committee.

 

 

 

 

·

Two Rivers Water and Farming from 2019 to 2020.

 

Mr. Williams completed a training program at Northwestern’s Kellogg Business School for Corporate Governance in Public Companies in 2013.

 

 
45

Table of Contents

 

Lawrence H. Dugan, 59, Director. Mr. Dugan is a partner with the accounting firm Dorra & Dugan and has been since 1996. Mr. Dugan graduated from the University of Central Florida in 1989. Mr. Dugan is a Florida licensed Certified Public Accountant.

 

Family Relationships

 

There are no family relationships between any of our directors, executive officers and proposed directors or executive officers.

 

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

 

To the best of our knowledge, none of our directors or executive officers has, during the past ten years:

 

 

1.

been convicted in a criminal proceeding or been subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offences);

 

 

 

 

2.

had any bankruptcy petition filed by or against the business or property of the person, or of any partnership, corporation or business association of which he was a general partner or executive officer, either at the time of the bankruptcy filing or within two years prior to that time;

 

 

 

 

3.

been subject to any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction or federal or state authority, permanently or temporarily enjoining, barring, suspending or otherwise limiting, his involvement in any type of business, securities, futures, commodities, investment, banking, savings and loan, or insurance activities, or to be associated with persons engaged in any such activity;

 

 

 

 

4.

 

been found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the SEC or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated a federal or state securities or commodities law, and the judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated;

 

 

 

 

5.

 

been the subject of, or a party to, any federal or state judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated (not including any settlement of a civil proceeding among private litigants), relating to an alleged violation of any federal or state securities or commodities law or regulation, any law or regulation respecting financial institutions or insurance companies including, but not limited to, a temporary or permanent injunction, order of disgorgement or restitution, civil money penalty or temporary or permanent cease-and-desist order, or removal or prohibition order, or any law or regulation prohibiting mail or wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity; or

 

 

 

 

 

6.

 

 

been the subject of, or a party to, any sanction or order, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any self-regulatory organization (as defined in Section 3(a)(26) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(26)), any registered entity (as defined in Section 1(a)(29) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1(a)(29)), or any equivalent exchange, association, entity or organization that has disciplinary authority over its members or persons associated with a member.

 

 
46

Table of Contents

 

Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports

 

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires the Company's executive officers and directors, and persons who own more than 10% of our common stock, to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership of such equity securities with the SEC. Executive officers, directors, and greater than 10% shareholders are required by SEC regulations to furnish the Company with copies of all Section 16(a) reports they file.

 

Based solely on its review of the forms furnished to the Company and written representations provided to the Company from the individuals required to file the reports, the Company believes that during the year ended June 30, 2026, each of its executive officers and directors has complied with Section 16(a) filing requirements except for:

 

 

·

Allan Marshall filed two late Forms 4 on July 24, 2025 (for transactions that occurred on July 11, 2025 and July 16, 2025) and on December 17, 2025 (for a transaction that occurred on October 1, 2025).

 

 

 

 

·

Andrew Norstrud filed two late Forms 4 on July 24, 2025 (for a transaction that occurred on July 16, 2025) and on November 21, 2025 (for a transaction that occurred on October 1, 2025).

 

 

 

 

·

Brian Rudick filed a late Form 4 on July 24, 2025 (for a transaction that occurred on July 16, 2025).

 

 

 

 

·

Gene Salkind filed a late Form 4 on July 30, 2025 (for transactions that occurred on July 11, 2025 and July 16, 2025).

 

 

 

 

·

Thomas Williams filed a late Form 4 on July 24, 2025 (for a transaction that occurred on July 16, 2025).

 

 

 

 

·

Lawrence Dugan filed a late Form 4 on July 24, 2025 (for transactions that occurred on July 15, 2025 and July 16, 2025).

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

The Company has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which is filed as Exhibit 14.1 to this Form 10-K. We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to all of our directors, officers, employees and all persons performing similar functions. We expect that any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed in our public filings with the Commission.

 

Term of Office of Directors

 

Our directors are elected at each annual meeting of stockholders and serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders or until their successor has been duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

Audit Committee and Financial Expert

 

On January 27, 2021, our Board established an audit committee that operates under a written charter as approved by our Board. The members of our Audit Committee are Dr. Gene Salkind, Mr. Thomas Williams, and Mr. Lawrence Dugan. Mr. Dugan serves as chairman of the Audit Committee and our Board has determined that he is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by applicable SEC rules. The Board has determined that Dr. Salkind, Mr. Williams and Mr. Dugan are independent directors as that term is defined in Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Listing Rules, and has determined that Dr. Salkind, Mr. Williams, and Mr. Dugan, as members of the Audit Committee, meet the more stringent requirements under Rule 5605(c)(2) of the Nasdaq Listing Rules.

 

 
47

Table of Contents

 

Our Audit Committee is responsible for: (1) the integrity of the Company’s consolidated financial statements, (2) the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, (3) the Company’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, (4) the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence, (5) and the performance of the Company’s independent registered public accountants and (6) preparation of the audit committee report as required to be included in the Company’s annual proxy statement. The Audit Committee Charter is filed as Exhibit 10.11 hereto.

 

The Audit Committee met five times during the year ended June 30, 2026.

 

Compensation Committee

 

On January 27, 2021, our Board established a compensation committee that operates under a written charter as approved by our Board. The members of our Compensation Committee are Dr. Gene Salkind, Mr. Thomas Williams, and Mr. Lawrence Dugan. Dr. Salkind serves as chairman of the Compensation Committee.

 

Our Compensation Committee is responsible for the oversight of, and the annual and ongoing review of, the Chief Executive Officer, the compensation of the senior management team, and the bonus programs in place for employees, which includes: (1) reviewing the performance of the Chief Executive Officer and other senior officers, and determining the bonus entitlement for such officer or officers on an annual basis, (2) determining and approving proposed annual compensation and incentive opportunity level of executive officers for each fiscal year, and recommending such compensation to the Board, (3) administration of determination of proposed grants of stock options to directors, employees, consultants and advisors with the Chief Executive Officer, (4) reviewing and recommending to the Board the compensation of the Board and committee members, (5) administering and approving any general benefit plans in place for employees, (6) engaging and setting the compensation for independent counsel and other advisors and consultants, (7) preparing any reports on director and officer compensation to be included in the Company’s proxy statements, (8) assessing the Company’s competitive positions for each component of officer compensation and making recommendations to the Board regarding such positions and (9) reviewing and assessing the adequacy of its charter and submitting any recommended changes to our Board for its consideration and approval. The Compensation Committee Charter is filed as Exhibit 10.12 hereto.

 

The Compensation Committee met three times during the year ended June 30, 2026.

 

Nominating and Governance Committee

 

On January 27, 2021, our Board established a nominating and governance committee that operates under a written charter as approved by our Board. The members of our Nominating and Governance Committee are Dr. Gene Salkind, Mr. Thomas Williams, and Mr. Lawrence Dugan. Mr. Williams serves as chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee.

 

Our Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible for assisting the Board in (1) proposing a slate of qualified nominees for election to the Board by the shareholders or in the event of a Board vacancy, (2) evaluating the suitability of potential nominees for membership on the Board, (3) determining the composition of the Board and its committees, (4) monitoring a process to assess Board, committee and management effectiveness, (5) aiding and monitoring management succession planning and (6) developing, recommending to the Board, implementing and monitoring policies and processes related to the Company’s corporate governance guidelines. The Nominating and Governance Committee Charter is filed as Exhibit 10.13 hereto.

 

The Nominating and Governance Committee met twice during the year ended June 30, 2026.

 

 
48

Table of Contents

 

Nominations to the Board of Directors

 

We do not have any defined policy or procedural requirements for shareholders to submit recommendations or nominations for directors. Our Board believes that, given the stage of our development, a specific nominating policy would be premature and of little assistance until our business operations develop to a more advanced level. We do not currently have any specific or minimum criteria for the election of nominees to the Board. The Board, with the help of its Nominating and Governance Committee, will assess all candidates, whether submitted by management or shareholders, and make recommendations for election or appointment.

 

Stockholder Communications

 

We do not have a formal policy regarding stockholder communications with our Board. A shareholder who wishes to communicate with our Board may do so by directing a written request addressed to our Chief Executive Officer, at the address appearing on the first page of this filing.

 

Insider Trading Policies and Procedures

 

We have insider trading policies and procedures that govern the purchase, sale, and/or other disposition of the Company’s securities by our directors, officers and employees, and the Company itself, that we believe are reasonably designed to promote compliance by the Company and our directors, officers, and employees with insider trading laws, rules and regulations and the listing standards of Nasdaq. A copy of our Insider Trading Policy is filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K as Exhibit 19.1.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

 

The particulars of the compensation paid to the following persons:

 

 

(a)

our principal executive officers;

 

Executive Compensation

 

The following summary compensation table sets forth all compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to the named executive officers paid by us during the years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025.

 

Name and Principal Position

 

Year

 

Salary

($)

 

 

Bonus

($)

 

 

Stock

Awards

($)

 

 

Option

Awards

($)(1)

 

 

Non-Equity Incentive

Plan

Compensation ($)

 

 

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings

($)

 

 

All

Other

Compensation

($)

 

 

Total

($)

 

Allan Marshall, CEO, and Director (2)

 

2026

 

 

840,000

 

 

 

5,100,000

 

 

 

12,700,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

18,640,000

 

 

 

2025

 

 

840,000

 

 

 

399,231

 

 

 

171,000

 

 

 

1,091,963

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,502,194

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Andrew Norstrud, CFO and Director (3)

 

2026

 

 

350,000

 

 

 

650,000

 

 

 

2,107,300

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,107,300

 

 

 

2025

 

 

266,385

 

 

 

350,000

 

 

 

228,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

844,385

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brian Rudick, CSO (4)

 

2026

 

 

300,000

 

 

 

1,239,000

 

 

 

1,156,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,695,000

 

 

 

2025

 

 

25,385

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

25,385

 

_____________ 

 

(1)

Represents equity-based compensation expense calculated in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification Section 718 – Compensation – Stock Compensation, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

 

 

 

 

(2)

At June 30, 2026, Allan Marshall had an accrued and unpaid bonus of $3,930,000 not included in this compensation table.

 

 

 

 

(3)

At June 30, 2026, Andrew Norstrud had an accrued and unpaid bonus of $850,000 not included in this compensation table.

 

 

 

 

(4)

Brian Rudick was appointed Chief Strategy Officer on May 22, 2025. Accordingly, the salary reported for fiscal 2025 reflects only the portion of the fiscal year during which he served in that position. At June 30, 2026, Brian Rudick had an accrued and unpaid bonus of $600,000 not included in this compensation table.

 

 
49

Table of Contents

 

There are no arrangements or plans in which we provide pension, retirement or similar benefits for directors or executive officers. Our directors and executive officers may receive share options at the discretion of our Board of Directors in the future. We do not have any material bonus or profit-sharing plans pursuant to which cash or non-cash compensation is or may be paid to our directors or executive officers, except share options, restricted stock grants, and phantom stock units have been and may be granted at the discretion of our Board of Directors. The value of the option awards is based on the intrinsic value at date of grant. The value of the restricted stock grants is based on the fair market value of the underlying shares on the date of grant. Phantom stock units are unsecured, unfunded contractual rights to receive a cash payment from the Company based on a 30- or 31-day average market price of the Company's common stock prior to the applicable payment date, settled solely in cash, and do not entitle the holder to any shares of common stock, voting rights, or dividends.

 

Employment Agreements

 

Allan Marshall

 

On September 23, 2025, the Company entered an amended and restated employment agreement that superseded all previous agreements with Allan Marshall, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (the “Marshall Employment Agreement”), effective July 1, 2025. The Marshall Employment Agreement provides for a three-year term ending on April 24, 2028, unless employment is earlier terminated in accordance with the provisions thereof and after the initial term has a standard 1-year automatic extension clause if there is no notice by the Company of termination. Mr. Marshall received a starting base salary at the rate of $840,000 per year which can be adjusted by the Compensation Committee. Mr. Marshall has performance bonuses that Mr. Marshall can earn based on the increase of shareholder value, the increase of the Company’s market cap / treasury growth and other criteria determined by the Compensation Committee. The Marshall Employment Agreement contains standard termination, change of control, non-compete and confidentiality provisions.

 

Mr. Marshall was granted an option to purchase up to 500,000 shares of common stock at a per share price of $2.28 with a term of five years and was awarded a restricted stock grant of 75,000 shares that cliff vests after six months of continued employment.

 

Andrew Norstrud

 

On April 24, 2025, the Company entered into a new employment agreement with Andrew Norstrud as Chief Financial Officer (the “Norstrud Agreement”). The Norstrud Agreement increases Mr. Norstrud’s base salary to $350,000 per year and can be increased at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Mr. Norstrud was awarded a restricted stock grant of 100,000 shares that vests 10% per month for 10 months of continued employment. Mr. Norstrud will be paid a quarterly bonus of between 30% and 100% of his salary as determined by the Chief Executive Officer. In addition, Mr. Norstrud may receive additional incentive compensation at the discretion of the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors. The term of the agreement is three years and will automatically renew for a one year period, if it is not terminated earlier. The Norstrud Agreement contains standard termination, change of control, non-compete and confidentiality provisions.

 

Brian Rudick

 

On May 22, 2025, the Company entered an employment agreement with Brian Rudick, Chief Strategy Officer (the “Rudick Employment Agreement”). Pursuant to the employment terms, Mr. Rudick will be paid an annual salary of $300,000 and additional cash and equity performance bonuses per year. In addition, Mr. Rudick will be paid $950,000 in structured cash payments through December 31, 2025 and will be granted 400,000 shares of restricted stock that will vest during his first year of employment. The initial term of employment is one year, that will automatically renew for one year if not terminated by Mr. Rudick or the Company.

 

 
50

Table of Contents

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table

 

The following table summarizes equity awards granted to named executive officers and directors that were outstanding as of June 30, 2026:

 

 

 

Option Awards

 

 

Stock Awards (1)

 

Name

 

Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options:

# Exercisable

 

 

Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options:

# Unexercisable

 

 

Equity Incentive Plan Awards:

Number of Securities Underlying Unearned and Unexercisable Options:

 

 

Option Exercise Price

$

 

 

Option

Expiration

Date

 

 

Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested

#

 

 

Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested

$

 

 

Equity Incentive Plan Awards:

Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested

#

 

 

Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market of Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allan Marshall, CEO, and Director

 

 

500,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

$ 2.28

 

 

4/17/2030

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

800,000

 

 

$ 2,333,644

 

Andrew Norstrud, CFO and Director

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

$ -

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

140,833

 

 

$ 352,123

 

Brian Rudick, CSO

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

$ -

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

33,333

 

 

$ 3,322

 

Gene Salkind, Director

 

 

35,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

$ 2.28

 

 

4/17/2035

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

37,500

 

 

$ 1,204

 

 

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

$ 3.46

 

 

1/17/2035

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

$ -

 

Thomas C. Williams, Director

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

$ 3.46

 

 

1/17/2035

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

12,500

 

 

$ 401

 

Lawrence H Dugan, Director

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

$ 3.46

 

 

1/17/2035

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

$ -

 

_____________ 

 

(1)

The table excludes vested restricted stock units that had not yet been settled through the issuance of shares of common stock as of June 30, 2026. The following individuals held vested restricted stock units as of June 30, 2026: Mr. Marshall, 2,075,000; Mr. Norstrud, 449,167; Mr. Rudick, 266,667; Dr. Salkind, 37,500; and Mr. Dugan, 12,500.

 

 
51

Table of Contents

 

Pension, Retirement or Similar Benefit Plans

 

There are no arrangements or plans in which we provide pension, retirement or similar benefits for directors or executive officers. We have no material bonus or profit-sharing plans pursuant to which cash or non-cash compensation is or may be paid to our directors or executive officers, except that share options, restricted stock grants, and phantom stock units have been and may be granted at the discretion of our Board of Directors. The value of the option awards is based on the intrinsic value at date of grant.

 

Indebtedness of Directors, Senior Officers, Executive Officers and Other Management

 

None of our directors or executive officers or any associate or affiliate of our company during the last two fiscal years, is or has been indebted to our company by way of guarantee, support agreement, letter of credit or other similar agreement or understanding currently outstanding.

 

Directors Compensation

 

Our directors also receive cash compensation of $5,000 per quarterly board meeting and receive $5,000 up to $7,000 per year for being committee chair.

 

The table below summarizes the compensation we paid to our non-employee directors for the year ending June 30, 2026.

 

Name

 

Fees Earned or Paid in Cash

($)

 

 

Stock

Awards

($)

 

 

Option

Awards

($)

 

 

Non-Equity Incentive

Plan

Compensation ($)

 

 

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings

($)

 

 

All

Other

Compensation

($)

 

 

Total

($)

 

Gene Salkind (1)

 

$ 25,000

 

 

$ 578,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

$ 603,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas Williams

 

$ 25,000

 

 

$ 289,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

$ 314,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lawrence H. Dugan

 

$ 27,000

 

 

$ 289,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

$ 316,000

 

_____________ 

(1) Stock awards granted to Gene Salkind include 100,000 restricted stock granted for participation in a special advisory committee to the Company. This award was granted outside of his compensation for his normal duties as Board member.

 

We do not have any agreements for compensating our directors for their services in their capacity as directors, although such directors have received and are expected in the future to receive stock options to purchase shares of our common stock, restricted stock grants, and phantom stock units as awarded by our Board of Directors.

 

Transactions with Related Persons

 

We have a written policy requiring that our Audit Committee review and approve related person transactions that involve us and are of the type that are required to be disclosed in our proxy statement by SEC rules. A transaction may be a related person transaction if it’s a transaction between us and any of our directors, executive officers, owners of more than 5% of our common stock, or their immediate family (“related persons”) where the related persons have a material interest in the transaction. The policy authorizes the Audit Committee to approve a related person transaction upon discussing with management the business rationale for the transaction.

 

 
52

Table of Contents

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

 

The following table sets forth, as of June 30, 2026, certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common and preferred shares by each shareholder, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common and preferred shares, as well as by each of our current directors and executive officers, and our directors and executive officers as a group. Beneficial ownership consists of a direct interest in the shares of common stock and preferred stock, except as otherwise indicated.

 

Under Rule 13d-3, a beneficial owner of a security includes any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship, or otherwise has or shares: (i) voting power, which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of shares; and (ii) investment power, which includes the power to dispose or direct the disposition of shares. Each person has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares of common stock and preferred stock, except as otherwise indicated. In addition, shares are deemed to be beneficially owned by a person if the person has the right to acquire the shares (for example, upon exercise of an option) within 60 days of the date as of which the information is provided, i.e. within 60 days of June 30, 2026.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the following persons is c/o Upexi, Inc., 3030 N. Rocky Point Drive, Suite 420, Tampa, FL 33607.

 

Executive Officers and Directors:

 

 

 

Preferred Stock

 

 

Common Stock

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

 

Amount and

Nature of

Beneficial

Ownership

 

 

Percentage of

Class (1)

 

 

Amount and

Nature of

Beneficial

Ownership

 

 

Percentage of

Class (2)

 

Allan Marshall

 

 

150,000

 

 

 

100.00 %

 

 

4,285,149

(3)

 

 

5.24 %

Andrew Norstrud

 

 

-

 

 

-

%

 

 

589,138

(4)

 

*

%

Brian Rudick

 

 

-

 

 

-

%

 

 

893,422

(5)

 

 

1.13 %

Gene Salkind

 

 

-

 

 

-

%

 

 

895,370

(6)

 

 

1.14 %

Thomas Williams

 

 

-

 

 

-

%

 

 

125,000

(7)

 

*

%

Lawrence Dugan

 

 

-

 

 

-

%

 

 

146,389

(8)

 

*

%

Directors and Executive Officers as a Group

 

 

150,000

 

 

 

100.00 %

 

 

6,934,468

 

 

 

8.37 %

_____________ 

*

Represents less than 1% of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding

 

 

(1)

150,000 shares of preferred stock can be converted into 138,889 shares of common stock, at the election of the holder.

 

 
53

Table of Contents

 

(2)

Under Rule 13d-3, a beneficial owner of a security includes any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship, or otherwise has or shares: (i) voting power, which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of shares; and (ii) investment power, which includes the power to dispose or direct the disposition of shares. Certain shares may be deemed to be beneficially owned by more than one person (if, for example, persons share the power to vote or the power to dispose of the shares). In addition, shares are deemed to be beneficially owned by a person if the person has the right to acquire the shares (for example, upon exercise of an option) within 60 days of the date as of which the information is provided. In computing the percentage ownership of any person, the amount of shares outstanding is deemed to include the number of shares beneficially owned by such person (and only such person) by reason of these acquisition rights. As a result, the percentage of outstanding shares of any person as shown in this table does not necessarily reflect the person’s actual ownership or voting power with respect to the number of shares of common stock actually outstanding on June 30, 2026. As of June 30 2026, there were 78,702,358 shares of our company’s common stock issued and outstanding.

 

 

 

The number of shares beneficially owned includes any shares over which the person has sole or shared voting power or investment power and also any shares that the person can acquire within 60 days of June 30, 2026 through the exercise of any stock options or other right.

 

 

 

The percentages shown are based on the 78,702,358 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2026. For purposes of computing the percentages of outstanding shares of common stock held by each person, any shares that the person has the right to acquire within 60 days after June 30, 2026 are deemed to be outstanding with respect to such person but are not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of ownership of any other person. 

 

 

(3)

Represents (i) 1,171,260 shares of common stock, (ii) 138,889 shares issuable upon the conversion of preferred stock, (iii) 500,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options that are exercisable within 60 days, and (iv) 2,475,000 shares issuable upon the vesting and settlement within 60 days of restricted stock units for which the holder may elect share settlement.

 

 

(4)

Represents (i) 59,138 shares of common stock and (ii) 530,000 shares issuable upon the vesting and settlement within 60 days of restricted stock units for which the holder may elect share settlement.

 

 

(5)

Represents (i) 538,597 shares of common stock, (ii) 300,000 shares issuable upon the vesting and settlement within 60 days of restricted stock units for which the holder may elect share settlement, and (iii) 54,825 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants.

 

 

(6)

Represents (i) 760,370 shares of common stock, (ii) 60,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options that are exercisable within 60 days, and (iii) 75,000 shares issuable upon the vesting and settlement within 60 days of restricted stock units for which the holder may elect share settlement.

 

 

(7)

Represents (i) 75,000 shares of common stock, (ii) 25,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options that are exercisable within 60 days, and (iii) 25,000 shares issuable upon the vesting and settlement within 60 days of restricted stock units for which the holder may elect share settlement.

 

 

(8)

Represents (i) 96,389 shares of common stock, (ii) 25,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options that are exercisable within 60 days, and (iii) 25,000 shares issuable upon the vesting and settlement within 60 days of restricted stock units for which the holder may elect share settlement.

 

 
54

Table of Contents

 

More than 5% Beneficial Owners:

 

 

 

Preferred Stock

 

 

Common Stock

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

 

Amount and

Nature of

Beneficial

Ownership

 

 

Percentage of

Class

 

 

Amount and

Nature of

Beneficial

Ownership

 

 

Percentage of

Class

 

MMCAP International Inc. SPC / MM Asset Management Inc.

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

%

 

 

8,467,277 (1)

 

 

9.99 %

Hivemind Validation Master Fund

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

%

 

 

8,727,407 (2)

 

 

9.99 %

EBT Group Holdings LLC

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

%

 

 

8,727,407 (3)

 

 

9.99 %

Polar Asset Management Partners Inc.

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

%

 

 

8,727,407 (4)

 

 

9.99 %

5% Beneficial Owners as a Group

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

%

 

 

34,649,498

 

 

 

31.23 %

_____________ 

(1)

Represents (i) 2,326,777 shares of common stock and (ii) shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of a convertible note. The convertible note is subject to a 9.99% beneficial ownership limitation, which restricts the holder’s ability to convert the note to the extent that such conversion would result in the holder beneficially owning more than 9.99% of the Company’s outstanding common stock. Accordingly, the number of shares deemed beneficially owned reflects the maximum number of shares that may be converted within such limitation as of June 30, 2026. Lawrence Leonard, the Chief Technical Officer of Admiral Admiration Ltd., the Manager of MMCAP International Inc. SPC (the “Selling Securityholder”), has voting and investment control of the shares held by the Selling Securityholder and may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of such shares. Mr. Leonard, however, disclaims any beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Selling Securityholder. The registered address of the Selling Securityholder is at c/o P.O. Box 32021 SMB, Admiral Financial Centre, 90 Fort Street, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands KY1-1208.

 

 

(2)

Represents (i) shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of a convertible note. The convertible note is subject to a 9.99% beneficial ownership limitation, which restricts the holder’s ability to convert the note to the extent that such conversion would result in the holder beneficially owning more than 9.99% of the Company’s outstanding common stock. Accordingly, the number of shares deemed beneficially owned reflects the maximum number of shares that may be converted within such limitation as of June 30, 2026. Hivemind Validation QOZ GP (“Hivemind GP”) is the General Partner of the Selling Stockholder. Hivemind Capital Partners, LLC (“HCP”) is the Investment Manager of the Selling Stockholder. HCP’s voting and investment decisions are made by an investment committee comprised of Yechuan Zhang, Jake Greenstein and Emmanuel Vallod (the “Investment Committee Members”). Each of Hivemind GP, HCP and the Investment Committee Members disclaim beneficial ownership of the securities held by the Selling Stockholder, except to the extent of pecuniary interest therein. The address of Hivemind Capital Partners is 22nd Floor, 875 Sixth Avenue, New York, NY 10001.

 

 

(3)

Represents (i) shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of a convertible note. The convertible note is subject to a 9.99% beneficial ownership limitation, which restricts the holder’s ability to convert the note to the extent that such conversion would result in the holder beneficially owning more than 9.99% of the Company’s outstanding common stock. Accordingly, the number of shares deemed beneficially owned reflects the maximum number of shares that may be converted within such limitation as of June 30, 2026.Eric Taylor, the Manager of EBT Group Holdings LLC (the “Selling Securityholder”), has voting and investment control of the shares held by the Selling Securityholder. Mr. Taylor may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of such shares. Mr. Taylor, however, disclaims any beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Selling Securityholder. The registered address of the Selling Securityholders is at c/o 1575 North Park Drive, Weston, FL 33326.

 

 

(4)

Represents (i) shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants. The warrants are subject to a 9.99% beneficial ownership limitation, which restricts the holder’s ability to exercise the warrants to the extent that such exercise would result in the holder beneficially owning more than 9.99% of the Company’s outstanding common stock. Accordingly, the number of shares deemed beneficially owned reflects the maximum number of shares that may be exercised within such limitation as of June 30, 2026. Andrew Ma, the Chief Compliance Officer of Polar Multi-Strategy Master Fund (the “Selling Securityholder”), has voting and investment control of the shares held by the Selling Securityholder and may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of such shares. Mr. Ma, however, disclaims any beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Selling Securityholder. The registered address of the Selling Securityholder is at c/o 16 York Street, Suite 2900, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5J 0E6.

 

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

 

The Company established the 2019 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2019 Plan”). The plan grants incentives to select persons who can make, are making and continuing to make substantial contributions to the growth and success of the Company, to attract and retain the employment and services of such persons and to encourage and reward such contributions by providing these individuals with an opportunity to acquire or increase stock ownership in the Company through either the grant of options or restricted stock. The 2019 Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee or such other committee as may be appointed by the Board of Directors pursuant to the 2019 Plan. The Compensation Committee has full authority to administer and interpret the provisions of the 2019 Plan, including, but not limited to, the authority to make all determinations with regard to the terms and conditions of awards made under the 2019 Plan. On September 18, 2024, the Company filed a Certificate of Change with the Nevada Secretary of State to effect a reverse stock split of its common stock at a rate of 1-for-20 (the "Reverse Stock Split"), which became effective as of October 3, 2024. The Reverse Stock Split was approved by the Board of Directors in accordance with Nevada law. Concurrently, the Company’s shareholders consented to, and the Board of Directors approved, an amendment of the 2019 Plan to increase the maximum number of shares that may be issued thereunder to 500,000 shares, as adjusted for the 1 for 20 reverse stock split. On June 16, 2025, the shareholders approved an amendment to the 2019 Plan to increase the number of shares issuable pursuant to awards granted under the 2019 Plan from 500,000 shares to 10,000,000 shares. On August 19, 2025, the shareholders approved an amendment to the 2019 Plan to increase the number of shares issuable pursuant to awards granted under the 2019 Plan from 10,000,000 shares to 25,000,000 shares.

 

 
55

Table of Contents

 

The following table summarizes information, as of June 30, 2026, relating to compensation plans under which equity securities are authorized for issuance.

 

Plan category

 

Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights*

 

 

Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights

 

 

Number of securities

remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in first column) **

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

 

 

5,291,452

 

 

$ 2.64

 

 

 

19,046,056

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Total

 

 

5,291,452

 

 

$ 2.64

 

 

 

19,046,056

 

_____________ 

*   Consists of 664,200 options outstanding and 4,627,252 RSUs outstanding.

 

** There have been 10,919 shares issued for the exercise of stock options and 651,573 shares issued for vested RSUs.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

In March 2025, Allan Marshall purchased 125,000 shares of Series A preferred shares from the Company at a per share price of $2.60 per preferred share. This purchase was settled through the cancellation of a $400,000 related party advance. There are no advances due to Allan Marshall at June 30, 2026 and 2025.

 

On April 1, 2024, the Company entered into a lease agreement with MFA 2510 Merchant LLC, which is owned by our CEO, Allan Marshall. The lease is for approximately 10,000 square feet of warehouse and office space, located in Odessa, Florida for $20,060 per month. The initial term of the lease is five years. The Company is responsible for real estate taxes, utilities, and repairs under the terms of certain of the operating leases and accounted for as non-lease components and not part of what we include in ROU assets. The Company spent $611,768 in leasehold improvements to prepare the facility for product manufacturing, which will be amortized over the five-year lease term. Product manufacturing was at full capacity and fully moved from the Nevada facility as of August 1, 2024. During the years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, the Company recognized lease expense related to this lease of $186,536 and $320,050, respectively. As a result of the Company’s course of action to terminate the CBD gummy and other operations, a loss on disposal of leasehold improvements of approximately $477,000 was recorded during the year ended June 30, 2026. No such loss was recognized during the year ended June 30, 2025. As of June 30, 2026, the Company no longer leases this facility or has obligations related to this facility.

 

 
56

Table of Contents

 

On June 13, 2024, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement pursuant to which the Company sold one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding equity of its wholly owned subsidiary VitaMedica, Inc. to three investors (the “Buyers”). One of the minority interest Buyers is Allan Marshall, the Company’s CEO. The purchase price for the stock was $6,000,000, subject to certain customary post-closing adjustments. The proceeds of the transaction were used for working capital, the reduction of debt and the reduction of other liabilities. At June 30, 2026, there was no outstanding purchase price receivable related to the transaction. At June 30, 2025, the outstanding purchase price receivable was $2,000,000.

 

Except as disclosed above, no director, executive officer, shareholder holding at least 5% of shares of our common stock, or any family member thereof, had any material interest, direct or indirect, in any transaction, or proposed transaction during the years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, in which the amount involved in the transaction exceeded or exceeds the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of our total assets at the year-end for the last three completed fiscal years.

 

Director Independence

 

The Board of Directors has determined that Gene Salkind, Lawrence Dugan and Thomas Williams are independent directors under the listing standards.

 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

The aggregate fees billed for the most recently completed fiscal years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025 for professional services rendered by the principal accountant for the audit of our annual consolidated financial statements and review of the consolidated financial statements and services that are normally provided by the accountant in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements for these fiscal periods were as follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Audit Fees

 

$ 261,600

 

 

$ 245,500

 

Audit Related Fees

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Tax Fees

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

All Other Fees

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Total

 

$ 261,600

 

 

$ 245,500

 

 

Our Board of Directors pre-approves all services provided by our independent auditors. All of the above services and fees were reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors either before or after the respective services were rendered.

 

Our Board of Directors has considered the nature and amount of fees billed by our independent auditors and believes that the provision of services for activities unrelated to the audit is compatible with maintaining our independent auditors’ independence.

 

 
57

Table of Contents

 

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

 

(a)

Consolidated financial statements

 

 

(1)

Consolidated financial statements for our company are listed in the index under Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

 

 

 

(2)

All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable, not material or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

 

 

(b)

Exhibits

 

Exhibit Index

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Filed or

 

 

 

Incorporation by Reference

 

Filing

 

Furnished

Exhibit No.

 

Description

 

Form

 

File No.

 

Exhibit

 

Date

Herewith

3.1

 

Certificate of Incorporation

 

S-1

 

333-288822

 

3.1

 

7/21/25

 

 

3.2

 

Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation

 

8-K

 

001-40535

 

3.1

 

1/28/26

 

 

3.3

 

Bylaws

 

S-1

 

333-288822

 

3.2

 

7/21/25

 

 

4.1

 

Specimen of Stock Certificate

 

S-1

 

333-255266

 

4.6

 

4/15/21

 

10.1

 

Upexi, Inc. 2019 Incentive Stock Plan (Amended and Restated as of February 8, 2021)

 

S-1

 

333-255266

 

10.1

 

4/15/21

 

10.2

 

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement

 

S-1

 

333-255266

 

10.2

 

4/15/21

 

10.3

 

Stock Purchase Agreement, dated June 1, 2024

 

8-K

 

001-40535

 

10.1

 

6/17/24

 

 

10.4

 

Agreement to Unwind Securities Purchase Agreement, dated July 31, 2024

 

8-K

 

001-40535

 

10.1

 

8/5/24

 

 

10.5+

 

Employment Agreement, dated April 24, 2025, between Registrant and Allan Marshall

 

8-K

 

001-40535

 

10.1

 

4/25/25

 

10.6+

 

Employment Agreement, dated April 24, 2025, between Registrant and Andrew J. Norstrud

 

8-K

 

001-40535

 

10.2

 

4/25/25

 

10.7+

 

Employment Agreement, dated May 23, 2025 between the Company and Brian Rudick

 

8-K

 

001-40535

 

99.2

 

5/23/25

 

10.8

 

Equity Interest Purchase Agreement, dated August 31, 2023, between Registrant and Amplifyir Inc.

 

8-K

 

001-40535

 

2

 

9/6/23

 

 

 

 
58

Table of Contents

  

10.9

 

Exercise of Option to Acquire Cygnet Online, LLC, dated September 1, 2023, between Registrant and Eric Hanig

 

10-K

001-40535

 

10.23

 

10/3/23

 

10.10

 

Upexi, Inc. 2019 Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan, effective May 24, 2022

 

S-8

 

333-273859

 

4.7

 

8/9/23

 

 

10.43

 

Loan Borrower Request, dated September 9, 2026, by and among Upexi, Inc., BitGo Prime, LLC and, solely with respect to Section 2(d) thereof, BitGo Trust, Inc.

 

8-K

 

 

 

10.1

 

9/14/26

 

 

10.44

 

Audit Committee Charter

 

10-K

001-40535

 

10.25

 

10/3/23

 

10.45

 

Compensation Committee Charter

 

10-K

001-40535

 

10.26

 

10/3/23

 

10.46

 

Nominating Committee Charter

 

10-K

001-40535

 

10.27

 

10/3/23

 

14.1

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

10-K

001-40535

 

14.1

 

10/3/23

 

14.2

 

Whistleblower Policy

 

10-K

001-40535

 

14.2

 

10/3/23

 

19.1

 

Upexi, Inc. Insider Trading Policy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

x

21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries of Registrant

 

 

 

 

 

x

23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

x

31.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14a and 15d-14a, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

x

31.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14a and 15d-14a, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

x

32.1*

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

x

32.2*

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

x

97.1

 

Upexi, Inc. Compensation Recovery Policy

 

10-K/A

 

001-40535

 

97.1

 

4/22/25

 

 

101.INS

 

Inline XBRL Instance Document (the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

x

101.SCH

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

x

101.CAL

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

x

101.DEF

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

x

101.LAB

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

x

101.PRE

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

x

104

 

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL with applicable taxonomy extension information contained in Exhibits 101)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

x

______________________

* These exhibits are furnished with this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and are not incorporated by reference in any filing of Upexi, Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filings.

 

+ Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. 

 

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

 

None.

 

 
59

Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, there unto duly authorized.

 

 

 

UPEXI INC.

 

 

 

(Registrant)

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: September 17, 2026

 

/s/ Allan Marshall

 

 

 

Allan Marshall

 

 

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

 

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: September 17, 2026

 

/s/ Andrew J. Norstrud

 

 

 

Andrew J. Norstrud

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Dated: September 17, 2026

 

/s/ Allan Marshall

 

 

 

Allan Marshall

 

 

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

 

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: September 17, 2026

 

/s/ Andrew J. Norstrud

 

 

 

Andrew J. Norstrud

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: September 17, 2026

 

/s/ Gene Salkind

 

 

 

Gene Salkind

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: September 17, 2026

 

/s/ Thomas C. Williams

 

 

 

Thomas C. Williams

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: September 17, 2026

 

/s/ Lawrence H. Dugan

 

 

 

Lawrence H. Dugan

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 
60

 

EX-19.1 2 upxi_ex191.htm INSIDER TRADING POLICY upxi_ex191.htm

EXHIBIT 19.1

 

 

INSIDER TRADING POLICY

SUMMARY

 

 

·

You may not buy or sell Upexi, Inc. stock, notes or other securities without submitting a pre-clearance form to and obtaining pre-clearance from an Insider Trading Chief Financial Officer. Pre-clearance forms may be obtained from the Chief Financial Officer.

 

 

 

 

·

You may not buy or sell Upexi, Inc. stock, notes or other securities except during an open trading window. Trading windows will open for 30-trading-day periods beginning two full trading days after Upexi, Inc. has announced publicly the financial results for the quarter, or for the full year with respect to the fourth quarter.

 

 

 

 

·

You may not buy or sell Upexi, Inc. stock, notes or other securities while you are in possession of material, non-public information about the Company or the securities.

 

 

 

 

·

You may not communicate material, non-public information to anyone outside the Company under any circumstances, or to anyone within the Company other than on a need‑to‑know basis.

 

This Insider Trading Policy, including the restrictions set forth above, applies to all officers, directors and employees of Upexi, Inc. or its subsidiaries (collectively “Upexi, Inc.” or the “Company”) and extends to all activities within and outside your duties at the Company. It applies to all securities of the Company, including stock, preferred stock, warrants, notes and stock options, and strictly limits the periods during which you may buy or sell Upexi, Inc. stock, notes and other securities.

 

Upexi, Inc. is a publicly held company. Its common shares and senior notes trade on the Nasdaq Capital Market. Options issued by third parties may trade on other public markets. Publicly held companies are subject to an array of securities and other laws. Prevention of insider trading is necessary to comply with securities laws and to preserve the reputation and integrity of the Company and everyone associated with it. In some cases, this Insider Trading Policy goes beyond the minimum requirements of the law to avoid any appearance of impropriety and to protect your reputation as well as the Company’s reputation.

 

Insider trading is a crime. It is illegal for you to buy or sell Upexi, Inc. stock or other Company security while you are in possession of material, non-public information about the Company or the security. Moreover, it is illegal for you to pass such information to others so that they might buy or sell Upexi, Inc. stock or other securities (called tipping). The penalties for violating the law include imprisonment, disgorgement of profits, civil fines of up to three times the profit gained, or loss avoided, and criminal fines of up to $1,000,000 for individuals and $2,500,000 for entities. You will also be subject to discipline by the Company, which may include termination of employment.

 

Officers and directors are also subject to rules regarding short-swing profits and short selling.

 

 
1

 

 

 

 

 

Questions regarding the Insider Trading Policy should be directed to the Company’s General Counsel or Chief Financial Officer. Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel serve as the Insider Trading Chief Financial Officers (the “Chief Financial Officers”).

 

STATEMENT OF POLICIES PROHIBITING INSIDER TRADING

 

You may not buy or sell any type of stock or other security of the Company (or third-party option or security the value of which is derived from securities of the Company) while in possession of material, non-public information relating to the Company or the security. Additionally, you may not buy or sell stock or any other security of the Company (or a derivative security) except during the 30-trading-day periods that begin two full trading days after the date the financial results for the calendar quarter, or for the full year with respect to the fourth quarter, have been announced publicly. The announcement date of the quarterly results varies but occurs normally toward the end of the month following the end of the fiscal quarter.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may engage in transactions directly with the Company (exercise stock options, for example), buy or sell securities pursuant to a plan described in Rule 10b5-1(c)(1) of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and make regular reinvestments pursuant to a dividend reinvestment plan.

 

The Company’s Chief Executive Officer will have the authority and discretion anytime to extend any trading period beyond 30 days or to initiate an additional trading period of any duration upon making a determination that such extension or initiation of a trading period is not materially inimical to the best interests of the Company. Moreover, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer will have the authority, on a case-by-case basis, to exempt one or more employees, directors or officers from the foregoing trading prohibition upon making a determination that special circumstances merit the exemption and that such exemption is not materially inimical to the best interests of the Company. Finally, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer will have the authority and discretion to close any trading period before its scheduled expiration or extension upon making a determination that such closure is in the best interest of the Company.

 

You must not directly or indirectly tip material, non-public information to anyone while in possession of such information. In addition, material, non-public information should not be communicated to anyone outside the Company under any circumstances, or to anyone within the Company other than on a need‑to‑know basis.

 

As an employee, officer or director of Upexi, Inc. you may come into possession of inside information relating to another company with which we have or plan to have dealings. You may not buy or sell any type of stock or other security of that other company while in possession of such material, non-public information.

 

EXPLANATION OF INSIDER TRADING

 

“Insider trading” refers to the purchase or sale of a security while in possession of “material” “non-public” information relating to the security. The term “securities” means an investment instrument, including stocks, bonds, notes and debentures, but also options, warrants and similar instruments. “Purchase” and “sale” are defined broadly under federal securities laws. “Purchase” includes not only the actual purchase of a security, but any contract to purchase or otherwise acquire a security. “Sale” includes not only the actual sale of a security, but any contract to sell or otherwise dispose of a security. These definitions extend to a broad range of transactions including conventional cash‑for‑stock transactions, conversions, the grant and exercise of stock options and acquisitions and exercises of warrants or puts, calls or other options related to a security. It is generally understood that insider trading includes the following:

 

 

·

Trading by insiders while in possession of material, non-public information;

 

 
2

 

 

 

 

 

·

Trading by persons other than insiders while in possession of material, non-public information where the information either was received in breach of an insider’s fiduciary duty to keep it confidential or was misappropriated; or

 

 

 

 

·

Communicating or tipping material, non-public information to others, including recommending the purchase or sale of a security while in possession of such information.

 

What Facts are Material?

 

The materiality of a fact depends upon the circumstances. A fact is considered “material” if there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in making a decision to buy, sell or hold a security or where the fact is likely to have a significant effect on the market price of the security. Material information can be positive or negative and can relate to virtually any aspect of a company’s business or to any type of security, debt or equity.

 

Examples of material information include facts concerning corporate earnings, earnings forecasts or other aspects of financial performance; mergers, acquisitions, joint venture arrangements, partnering agreements, significant equity investments by or in third parties; major litigation; departure of employees; significant advances or set-backs in technological research and development; important business developments; acquisition or loss of a major customer or supplier; significant borrowings or financings; defaults on borrowings; and bankruptcies. Moreover, material information does not have to be related to a company’s business. For example, the contents of a forthcoming newspaper column about the sector or industry in general that is expected to affect the market price of a security can be material.

 

A good general rule of thumb: when in doubt, do not buy or sell Upexi, Inc. stock or notes.

 

What is Non-Public?

 

Information is nonpublic if it has not been disseminated in a manner making it available to investors generally. Typically, the Company makes information public by filing reports electronically with the SEC and issuing news releases though business news wire services. Almost immediately thereafter, the SEC reports and news releases become available automatically on the Company’s website and various financial and business news sites. Additionally, the SEC reports are available on the SEC’s website. In the future the Company may use social media to disseminate information.

 

The circulation of rumors, even if accurate and reported in the news media, does not constitute effective public dissemination.

 

In addition, even after a public announcement, a reasonable period of time must elapse in order for the market to react to the information. Generally, one should allow approximately 48 hours following publication as a reasonable waiting period before such information is deemed to be public.

 

Who is an Insider?

 

“Insiders” include officers, directors and employees of a company and anyone else who has material inside information about a company. Insiders have independent fiduciary duties to their company and its stockholders not to trade on material, non-public information relating to the company’s securities. All officers, directors and employees of the Company should consider themselves insiders with respect to material, non-public information about the Company’s business, activities and securities. Officers, directors and employees may not trade the Company’s securities while in possession of material, non-public information relating to the Company nor tip (or communicate except on a need‑to‑know basis) such information to others.

 

 
3

 

 

 

 

It should be noted that trading by members of an officer’s, director’s or employee’s household or immediate family can be the responsibility of such officer, director or employee under certain circumstances and could give rise to legal and Company‑imposed sanctions.

 

Trading by Persons Other than Insiders

 

Insider trading violations are not limited to trading by insiders. Insiders may be liable for communicating or tipping material, non-public information to third parties (“tippees”). Moreover, persons other than insiders can be liable for insider trading, including tippees who trade on material, non-public information tipped to them or individuals who trade on material, non-public information which has been misappropriated.

 

Tippees inherit an insider’s duties and are liable for trading on material, non-public information illegally tipped to them by an insider. Similarly, just as insiders are liable for the insider trading of their tippees, so are tippees who pass the information along to others who trade. In other words, a tippee’s liability for insider trading is no different from that of an insider. Tippees can obtain material, non-public information by receiving overt tips from others or through, among other things, conversations at social, business, or other gatherings.

 

Are There Excuses for Insider Trading?

 

There are no valid excuses for insider trading. There are no financial hardship exemptions. It does not matter that you need money to buy a house or pay for college or medical expenses. There is no exception for small trades. Losing money is not a defense. If you have material nonpublic information – don’t trade. If in doubt – don’t trade. Always assume your trading or advice to others will be scrutinized with twenty-twenty hindsight and presume the worst outcome.

 

Prohibition of Records Falsifications and False Statements

 

Section 13(b)(2) of the 1934 Act requires companies subject to the Act to maintain proper internal books and records and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls. The SEC has supplemented the statutory requirements by adopting rules that prohibit (1) any person from falsifying records or accounts subject to the above requirements and (2) officers or directors from making any materially false, misleading, or incomplete statement to any accountant in connection with any audit or filing with the SEC. These provisions reflect the SEC’s intent to discourage officers, directors and other persons with access to the Company’s books and records from taking action that might result in the communication of materially misleading financial information to the investing public.

 

Penalties for Engaging in Insider Trading

 

Penalties for trading on or tipping material, non-public information can extend significantly beyond any profits made or losses avoided, both for individuals engaging in such unlawful conduct and their employers. The SEC and Department of Justice have made the civil and criminal prosecution of insider trading violations a top priority. Enforcement remedies available to the government or private plaintiffs under the federal securities laws include:

 

 

·

SEC administrative sanctions;

 

 

 

 

·

Securities industry self‑regulatory organization sanctions;

 

 

 

 

·

Civil injunctions;

 

 

 

 

·

Damage awards to private plaintiffs;

 

 
4

 

 

 

 

 

 

·

Disgorgement of all profits;

 

 

 

 

·

Civil fines for the violator of up to three times the amount of profit gained or loss avoided;

 

 

 

 

·

Civil fines for the employer or other controlling person of a violator (i.e., where the violator is an employee or other controlled person) of up to the greater of $1,000,000 or three times the amount of profit gained or loss avoided by the violator;

 

 

 

 

·

Criminal fines for individual violators of up to $1,000,000 ($2,500,000 for an entity); and

 

 

 

 

·

Prison sentences of up to 10 years.

 

In addition, insider trading could result in serious sanctions by the Company, including dismissal. Insider trading violations are not limited to violations of the federal securities laws. Other federal and state civil or criminal laws, such as the laws prohibiting mail and wire fraud and the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act (known as RICO), also may be violated upon the occurrence of insider trading.

 

Examples of Insider Trading

 

Examples of insider trading cases include actions brought against corporate officers, directors and employees who traded a company’s securities after learning of significant confidential corporate developments; friends, business associates, family members, and other tippees of such officers, directors, and employees who traded the securities after receiving such information; government employees who learned of such information in the course of their employment; and other persons who misappropriated, and took advantage of, confidential information from their employers.

 

The following are illustrations of insider trading violations. These illustrations are hypothetical and, consequently, not intended to reflect on the actual activities or business of the Company or any other entity.

 

Trading by Insider

 

An officer of X Corporation learns that earnings to be reported by X Corporation will increase dramatically. Prior to the public announcement of such earnings, the officer purchases X Corporation’s stock. The officer, an insider, is liable for all profits as well as penalties of up to three times the amount of all profits. The officer also is subject to, among other things, criminal prosecution, including up to $1,000,000 in additional fines and 10 years in prison. Depending upon the circumstances, X Corporation and the individual to whom the officer reports also could be liable as controlling persons.

 

Trading by Tippee

 

An officer of X Corporation tells a friend that X Corporation is about to publicly announce that it has concluded an agreement for a major acquisition. This tip causes the friend to purchase X Corporation’s stock in advance of the announcement. The officer is jointly liable with his friend for all of the friend’s profits and each is liable for all penalties of up to three times the amount of the friend’s profits. In addition, the officer and his friend are subject to, among other things, criminal prosecution, as described above.

 

 
5

 

 

 

 

 

Insider Reporting Requirements, Short‑Swing Profits and Short Sales

 

Reporting Obligations under Section 16(a)‑‑SEC Forms 3, 4 and 5

 

Section 16(a) of the 1934 Act generally requires all officers, directors and 10% stockholders (“insiders”) to file reports with the SEC indicating their beneficial ownership of equity securities in the registrant and any changes in that ownership.

 

Recovery of Profits under Section 16(b)

 

For the purpose of preventing the unfair use of information which may have been obtained by an insider, any profits realized by any officer, director or 10% stockholder from any “purchase” and “sale” of Company Stock during a six‑month period, so called “short-swing profits,” may be recovered by the Company. When such a purchase and sale occur, good faith is no defense. The insider is liable even if compelled to sell for personal reasons, and even if the sale takes place after full disclosure and without the use of any inside information.

 

The liability of an insider under Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act is only to the Company itself. The Company, however, cannot waive its right to short swing profits, and any Company stockholder can bring suit in the name of the Company. In this connection it must be remembered that reports of ownership filed with the SEC on Form 3, Form 4 or Form 5 pursuant to Section 16(a) are readily available to the public, and certain attorneys carefully monitor these reports for potential Section 16(b) violations. In addition, liabilities under Section 16(b) may require separate disclosure in the Company’s annual report to the SEC on Form 10‑K or its proxy statement for its annual meeting of stockholders. No suit may be brought more than two years after the date the profit was realized. However, if the insider fails to file a report of the transaction under Section 16(a), as required, the two-year limitation period does not begin to run until after the transactions giving rise to the profit have been disclosed. Failure to report transactions and late filing of reports require separate disclosure in the Company’s proxy statements.

 

ANY combination of PURCHASE AND SALE or SALE AND PURCHASE within six months of each other results in a violation of Section 16(b), and the “profit” must be recovered by the Company. It makes no difference how long the shares being sold have been held -- or that you are an insider for only one of the two matching transactions. The highest priced sale will be matched with the lowest priced purchase within the six-month period. See the following checklist.

 

SALES—If you are an officer, director or 10% stockholder (or the sale is to be made by any family member living in the same household):

 

 

·

Have there been any purchases by the insider (or family members) within the past six months?

 

 

 

 

·

Have there been any option exercises within the past six months?

 

 

 

 

·

Are any purchases (or option exercises) anticipated or required within the next six months?

 

 

 

 

·

Has a SEC Form 4 been prepared?

 

 
6

 

 

 

 

 

PURCHASES AND OPTIONS EXERCISES—If a purchase or option exercise for stock is to be made:

 

 

·

Have there been any sales by the insider (or family members) within the past six months?

 

 

 

 

·

Are any sales anticipated or required within the next six months (such as tax-related or year-end transactions)?

 

 

 

 

·

Has a SEC Form 4 been prepared?

 

You may wish to consult a Chief Financial Officer before engaging in any transactions involving the Company’s securities, including without limitation, the Company’s stock, options or warrants.

 

Short Sales Prohibited Under Section 16(c)

 

Section 16(c) of the 1934 Act prohibits insiders absolutely from making short sales of the Company’s Stock, i.e., sales of shares which the insider does not own at the time of sale, or sales of Stock against which the insider does not deliver the shares within 20 days after the sale. Under certain circumstances, the purchase or sale of put or call options, or the writing of such options, can result in a violation of Section 16(c). Insiders violating Section 16(c) face criminal liability.

 

A Chief Financial Officer should be consulted if you have any questions regarding reporting obligations, short-swing profits or short sales under Section 16.

 

STATEMENT OF PROCEDURES PREVENTING INSIDER TRADING

 

The mere perception by your friends or business colleagues that you traded on material non-public information could damage both the Company’s and your reputation and expose you to potentially serious consequences. To avoid the perception of insider trading and to avoid second-guessing of your trading by others, who may have the benefit of hindsight, you should be very cautious when deciding whether you possess material non-public information.

 

The following procedures have been established, and will be maintained and enforced, by Upexi, Inc. to prevent insider trading. Every officer, director and employee is required to follow these procedures.

 

Pre‑Clearance of All Trades by All Officers, Directors and Employees

 

To provide assistance in preventing inadvertent violations of applicable securities laws and to avoid the appearance of impropriety in connection with the purchase and sale of the Company securities, all transactions in Company securities (except transactions described in C below) by officers, directors and employees must be pre-cleared by a Chief Financial Officer.

 

Trading Window

 

Additionally, except for transactions described in C below), neither the Company nor any of its officers, directors or employees may trade stock or any other securities of the Company except during the 30-trading-day periods that begin two full trading days after Upexi, Inc. has announced publicly the financial results for the quarter, or for the full year with respect to the fourth quarter. The announcement date of the quarterly results varies but occurs normally toward the end of the month following the end of the fiscal quarter.

 

C. Exceptions to Preclearance and Trading Window Rules

 

 
7

 

 

 

 

Notwithstanding the rules described in A and B above, officers, directors and employees may engage in the following transactions without preclearance and outside the trading window:

 

(i) transactions directly with the Company, including the exercise of stock options and conversion of convertible securities, so long as those transactions are not accompanied by a sale of securities;

 

(ii) transactions pursuant to a plan described in SEC Rule 10b5-1(c)(1); and

 

(iii) regular reinvestments pursuant to a dividend reinvestment plan.

 

D. Information Relating to the Company

 

Access to Information

 

You should comply with the Company’s Public Disclosure Policy. You may be subject to additional restrictions or contracts dealing with confidentiality. Access to material, non-public information about Upexi, Inc. including the Company’s business, earnings or prospects, should be limited to officers, directors and employees of the Company on a need-to-know basis. In addition, such information should not be communicated to anyone outside the Company under any circumstances or to anyone within the Company on a than need-to-know basis.

 

In communicating material, non-public information to employees of the Company, all officers, directors and employees must take care to emphasize the need for confidential treatment of such information and adherence to the Company’s policies with regard to confidential information.

 

Inquiries from Third Parties

 

Inquiries from third parties, such as industry analysts or members of the news media, about the Company should be directed to the Company’s investor relations officer, or one of the Chief Financial Officers.

 

E. Limitations on Access to the Company Information

 

The following procedures are designed to maintain confidentiality with respect to the Company’s business operations and activities.

 

All officers, directors and employees should take all steps and precautions necessary to restrict access to, and secure, material, non-public information by, among other things:

 

 

·

Maintaining the confidentiality of Company related transactions;

 

 

 

 

·

Conducting their business and social activities so as not to risk inadvertent disclosure of confidential information. Review of confidential documents in public places should be conducted to prevent access by unauthorized persons;

 

 

 

 

·

Restricting access to documents and files (including computer files) containing material, non-public information to individuals on a need-to-know basis (including maintaining control over the distribution of documents and drafts of documents);

 

 

 

 

·

Promptly removing and cleaning up all confidential documents and other materials from conference rooms following the conclusion of any meetings;

 

 
8

 

 

 

 

 

·

Disposing of all confidential documents and other papers, after there is no longer any business or other legally required need, through shredders when appropriate;

 

 

 

 

·

Restricting access to areas likely to contain confidential documents or material, non-public information; and

 

 

 

 

·

Avoiding the discussion of material, non-public information in places where the information could be overheard by others such as in elevators, restrooms, hallways, restaurants, airplanes or taxicabs.

 

Personnel involved with material, non-public information, to the extent feasible, should conduct their business and activities in areas separate from other Company activities.

 

F. Avoidance of Certain Aggressive or Speculative Trading

 

Officers, directors and employees and their respective family members (including spouses, minor children, or any other family members living in the same household), should not directly or indirectly participate in transactions involving trading activities which by their aggressive or speculative nature may give rise to an appearance of impropriety. Such activities would include the purchase of put or call options, or the writing of such options.

 

 
9

 

 

 

 

CERTIFICATION

 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of Upexi, Inc.’s Insider Trading Policy (the “Policy”), and certifies that the undersigned has read, understands and will comply with the Policy.

 

Date:_____________________

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:                                                                   

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:                                                                

 

 

 

 

 

Title:                                                                           

 

 

One signed copy of this certificate should be sent to:

 

Upexi, Inc.

3030 North Rocky Point Drive

Tampa, FL 33607

 

 
10

 

 

 

 

 

PRE-CLEARANCE FORM FOR STOCK AND NOTES TRANSACTIONS

This form is valid until the close of business two days following approval

 

Name

 

Telephone Number

 

Stock or Notes?

 

Purchase, Sale or Other(describe)

 

 

(For the exercise of stock options, please use the form accompanying your stock option agreement. You may obtain a copy from the Chief Financial Officer.)

 

PLEASE READ AND SIGN BELOW.

 

I do not possess material, non-public information about Upexi, Inc. or any of its subsidiaries and I will not enter into the transaction referenced above if I possess such information at the time of the transaction.

 

Signature:        ________________________________________

 

Date:               ________________________________________    

 

You will be notified whether clearance is approved as soon as practical after review by the Chief Financial Officer.  If you do not initiate the transaction within two business days, then you will need to submit a new pre-clearance form.  Pre-clearance may be revoked any time.

 

SUBMIT THIS FORM TO THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER OR THE COMPANY’S GENERAL COUNSEL

 

 
11

 

 

EX-21.1 3 upxi_ex211.htm LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES upxi_ex211.htm

  EXHIBIT 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

Upexi Holdings, LLC

Delaware Limited Liability Company

Upexi CP, LLC

Delaware Limited Liability Company

Upexi Pet Products, LLC

Delaware Limited Liability Company

MW Products, Inc.

Nevada Corporation

Prax Products, LLC

Florida Limited Liability Company

Upexi Enterprise, LLC

Delaware Limited Liability Company

Upexi Property & Assets, LLC

Delaware Limited Liability Company

Upexi Development and Marketing, LLC

Delaware Limited Liability Company

Upexi Distribution Management, LLC

Delaware Limited Liability Company

Upexi Distribution, LLC

Delaware Limited Liability Company

Gummy Labs, LLC

Delaware Limited Liability Company

Upexi 17129 Florida, LLC

Delaware Limited Liability Company

 
EX-23.1 4 upxi_ex231.htm CONSENT upxi_ex231.htm

EXHIBIT 23.1

  

 

 

To the Board of Directors

UpExi, Inc.

3030 North Rocky Point Drive

Tampa, Florida  33607

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on S-1 (No. 333-288822), Form S-3 (Nos. 333-292366 and 333-297280) and Form S-8 (Nos. 333290495) of UpExi, Inc. (the Company) of our report dated September 15, 2026, relating to the consolidated financial statements and schedules, which appear in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the years ending June 30, 2026 and 2025.

 

\s\ GBQ Partners, LLC

 

Columbus, Ohio

September 17, 2026

 

EX-31.1 5 upxi_ex311.htm CERTIFICATION upxi_ex311.htm

 

EXHIBIT 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Allan Marshall, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this Form 10-K annual report for the year ended June 30, 2026, of Upexi Inc.;

 

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the consolidated financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

 

 

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

 

 

 

(b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

 

 

 

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

 

 

 

(d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

 

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

 

(a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

 

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Dated: September 17, 2026

 

/s/ Allan Marshall

 

 

 

Allan Marshall, President,

Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

 

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

EX-31.2 6 upxi_ex312.htm CERTIFICATION upxi_ex312.htm

 

EXHIBIT 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Andrew J. Norstrud, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this Form 10-K annual report for the year ended June 30, 2026 of Upexi, Inc.;

 

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the consolidated financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

 

 

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

 

 

 

(b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

 

 

 

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

 

 

 

(d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

 

(a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Dated: September 17, 2026

 

/s/ Andrew J. Norstrud

 

 

 

Andrew J. Norstrud,

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

 

EX-32.1 7 upxi_ex321.htm CERTIFICATION upxi_ex321.htm

 

EXHIBIT 32.1

 

CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO SECTION 1350

OF CHAPTER 63 OF TITLE 18 OF THE UNITED STATES CODE

 

In connection with the Annual Report of Upexi, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2026, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), the undersigned hereby certifies, in his capacity as an officer of the Company, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to his knowledge:

 

 

(1)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

 

 

 

(2)

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of the operations of the Company.

 

Dated: September 17, 2026

By:

/s/ Allan Marshall

 

 

 

Allan Marshall, President,

Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

 

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

EX-32.2 8 upxi_ex322.htm CERTIFICATION upxi_ex322.htm

 

EXHIBIT 32.2

 

CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO SECTION 1350

OF CHAPTER 63 OF TITLE 18 OF THE UNITED STATES CODE

 

In connection with the Annual Report of Upexi, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2026, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), the undersigned hereby certifies, in his capacity as an officer of the Company, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to his knowledge:

 

 

(1)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

 

 

 

(2)

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of the operations of the Company.

 

Dated: September 17, 2026

By:

/s/ Andrew J. Norstrud

 

 

 

Andrew J. Norstrud

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)